WO2020075783A1 - Novel compound, organic electroluminescence element, and electronic device - Google Patents

Novel compound, organic electroluminescence element, and electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020075783A1
WO2020075783A1 PCT/JP2019/039915 JP2019039915W WO2020075783A1 WO 2020075783 A1 WO2020075783 A1 WO 2020075783A1 JP 2019039915 W JP2019039915 W JP 2019039915W WO 2020075783 A1 WO2020075783 A1 WO 2020075783A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
substituted
ring
group
unsubstituted
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/039915
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
裕基 中野
太郎 八巻
聡美 田崎
加藤 朋希
Original Assignee
出光興産株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US16/557,725 external-priority patent/US10777752B2/en
Application filed by 出光興産株式会社 filed Critical 出光興産株式会社
Priority to CN201980066845.1A priority Critical patent/CN112789269A/en
Priority to KR1020217010389A priority patent/KR20210075089A/en
Priority to US17/283,382 priority patent/US20230020436A1/en
Publication of WO2020075783A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020075783A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/615Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/615Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene
    • H10K85/622Polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons, e.g. anthracene containing four rings, e.g. pyrene
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/631Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine
    • H10K85/633Amine compounds having at least two aryl rest on at least one amine-nitrogen atom, e.g. triphenylamine comprising polycyclic condensed aromatic hydrocarbons as substituents on the nitrogen atom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6574Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only oxygen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. cumarine dyes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel compound, an organic electroluminescence device and an electronic device.
  • organic electroluminescence element (hereinafter, also referred to as “organic EL element”)
  • organic EL element When a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescence element (hereinafter, also referred to as “organic EL element”), holes are injected from the anode and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light emitting layer. Then, in the light emitting layer, the injected holes and electrons are recombined to form excitons.
  • the materials used for the organic EL element are gradually being improved (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 7), but higher performance is required.
  • the improvement of the life of the organic EL element is an important issue that leads to the life of a commercialized product, and therefore a material capable of realizing a long-life organic EL element is required.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a compound capable of producing a long-life organic EL element, a long-life organic EL element, and an electronic device using the organic EL element.
  • the present inventors have conducted extensive studies to achieve the above object, and as a result, have found that an organic EL device having an excellent life can be obtained by using a compound having a specific structure represented by the formula (1). Completed the invention. According to the present invention, the following compounds, organic EL devices and electronic devices are provided. 1. A compound represented by the following formula (1).
  • R 1 to R 8 are each independently: Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 901 to R 907 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
  • At least one of R 1 to R 8 is a deuterium atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 are each independently: Single bond, It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
  • Ar 1 is A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • Ar 2 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2), (3) or (4).
  • R 15 to R 20 Two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is formed. Do not form.
  • one of R 13 to R 20 is L 2 Is a single bond that binds to.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is R 15 to R 20 that are not formed, and one of R 13 and R 14 is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
  • R 13 to R 20 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a single bond bonded to L 2
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently, Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atom
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • An organic material having a cathode, an anode, and one or more organic layers arranged between the cathode and the anode, at least one of the organic layers containing the compound described in 1.
  • Electroluminescent device An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescence element according to 3.2.
  • the present invention it is possible to provide a compound capable of manufacturing a long-life organic EL element, a long-life organic EL element, and an electronic device using the organic EL element.
  • hydroxide includes isotopes having different neutron numbers, that is, protium, deuterium, and tritium.
  • the number of ring-forming carbon atoms refers to the ring itself of a compound having a structure in which atoms are cyclically bonded (for example, a monocyclic compound, a fused ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound). Indicates the number of carbon atoms among the atoms. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the ring-forming carbon number.
  • the "number of ring carbon atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified.
  • a benzene ring has 6 ring-forming carbons
  • a naphthalene ring has 10 ring-forming carbons
  • a pyridine ring has 5 ring-forming carbons
  • a furan ring has 4 ring-forming carbons.
  • the 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group has 13 ring-forming carbon atoms
  • the 9,9′-spirobifluorenyl group has 25 ring-forming carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of ring-forming carbon atoms.
  • the number of ring-forming atoms means a compound having a structure in which atoms are cyclically bonded (for example, a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring, a ring assembly) (for example, a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, Ring compound) represents the number of atoms constituting the ring itself.
  • the atoms that do not form a ring eg, hydrogen atoms that terminate the bonds of the atoms that make up the ring
  • the atoms that are included in the substituent when the ring is substituted with a substituent are not included in the number of ring-forming atoms.
  • the “number of ring-forming atoms” described below is the same unless otherwise specified.
  • the pyridine ring has 6 ring-forming atoms
  • the quinazoline ring has 10 ring-forming atoms
  • the furan ring has 5 ring-forming atoms.
  • a hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of a pyridine ring or a quinazoline ring or an atom constituting a substituent is not included in the number of ring-forming atoms.
  • the “carbon number XX to YY” in the expression “substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY carbon atoms” represents the number of carbon atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted.
  • the carbon number of the substituent in the case where it is performed is not included.
  • “YY” is larger than “XX”, and “XX” and “YY” each mean an integer of 1 or more.
  • atom number XX to YY in the expression “substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY atoms” means the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, The number of atoms of the substituent when it is included is not included.
  • YY is larger than “XX”, and “XX” and “YY” each mean an integer of 1 or more.
  • the ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted aryl group” described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. .
  • the number of ring-forming atoms of the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” described herein is from 5 to 50, preferably from 5 to 30, more preferably from 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein. is there.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkyl group” described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkynyl group” described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
  • the number of ring-forming carbon atoms of the “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” described herein is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 6, unless otherwise specified in this specification. is there.
  • the number of ring-forming carbon atoms of the “unsubstituted arylene group” described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. .
  • the number of ring-forming atoms of the “unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 unless otherwise specified in the present specification. ⁇ 18.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkylene group” described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
  • Specific examples (specific example group G1) of the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted aryl groups and substituted aryl groups.
  • the unsubstituted aryl group refers to the case where the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group” is the “unsubstituted aryl group”, and the substituted aryl group is the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group”.
  • substituted aryl group is used below.
  • aryl group includes both "unsubstituted aryl group” and "substituted aryl group”.
  • the “substituted aryl group” is a case where the “unsubstituted aryl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include a group in which the following “unsubstituted aryl group” has a substituent and examples of a substituted aryl group. .
  • the examples of the “unsubstituted aryl group” and the examples of the “substituted aryl group” listed here are merely examples, and the “substituted aryl group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted aryl group”.
  • the group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent
  • the “substituted aryl group” further has a substituent.
  • aryl group Phenyl group, p-biphenyl group, m-biphenyl group, o-biphenyl group, p-terphenyl-4-yl group, a p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl-2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, Anthryl group, Benzoanthryl group, Phenanthryl group, Benzophenanthryl group, Phenalenyl group, Pyrenyl group, A chrysenyl group, Benzochrysenyl group, Triphenylenyl group, Tripheny
  • Substituted aryl group o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, Para-xylyl group, Meta-xylyl group, Ortho-xylyl group, Para-isopropylphenyl group, Meta-isopropylphenyl group, Ortho-isopropylphenyl group, Para-t-butylphenyl group, Meta-t-butylphenyl group, Ortho-t-butylphenyl group, 3,4,5-trimethylphenyl group, 9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group, 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group, 9,9-di (4-methylphenyl) fluorenyl group, 9,9-di (4-isopropylphenyl) fluorenyl group, 9,9-di (4-tbutylphenyl) fluorenyl group, A cyanophenyl group, Triphenylsilylphenyl group, Trimethyls
  • heterocyclic group is a cyclic group containing at least one hetero atom as a ring forming atom.
  • the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, and a boron atom.
  • the “heterocyclic group” described in the present specification may be a monocyclic group or a condensed ring group.
  • the “heterocyclic group” described in the present specification may be an aromatic heterocyclic group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group.
  • substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group examples include the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups and substituted heterocyclic groups.
  • an unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to a case where “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group” is an “unsubstituted heterocyclic group”, and a substituted heterocyclic group refers to “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.”
  • heterocyclic group is a “substituted heterocyclic group”.
  • both “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” and “substituted heterocyclic group” are used.
  • the “substituted heterocyclic group” is a case where the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent, and the following “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent or an example of a substituted heterocyclic group. And the like.
  • the examples of the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” and the examples of the “substituted heterocyclic group” are merely examples, and the “substituted heterocyclic group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted heterocyclic group”.
  • a group in which the “substituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent further has a substituent
  • a group in which the “substituted heterocyclic group” further has a substituent is also included.
  • Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing oxygen atom Frill group, An oxazolyl group, Isoxazolyl group, An oxadiazolyl group, Xanthenyl group, Benzofuranyl group, An isobenzofuranyl group, Dibenzofuranyl group, Naphthobenzofuranyl group, Benzoxazolyl group, Benzoisoxazolyl group, Phenoxazinyl group, Morpholino group, Dinaphthofuranyl group, Azadibenzofuranyl group, Diazadibenzofuranyl group, Azanaphthobenzofuranyl group, Diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group, Diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group
  • Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom Thienyl group, Thiazolyl group, An isothiazolyl group, Thiadiazolyl group, Benzothiophenyl group, Isobenzothiophenyl group, Dibenzothiophenyl group, Naphthobenzothiophenyl group, Benzothiazolyl group, Benzoisothiazolyl group, Phenothiazinyl group, A dinaphthothiophenyl group, Azadibenzothiophenyl group, Diazadibenzothiophenyl group, Azanaphthobenzothiophenyl group, Diazanaphthobenzothiophenyl group
  • a substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom (9-phenyl) carbazolyl group, (9-biphenylyl) carbazolyl group, (9-phenyl) phenylcarbazolyl group, (9-naphthyl) carbazolyl group, A diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group, A phenylcarbazol-9-yl group, A methylbenzimidazolyl group, Ethyl benzimidazolyl group, Phenyltriazinyl group, Biphenylyltriazinyl group, Diphenyltriazinyl group, Phenylquinazolinyl group, Biphenylylquinazolinyl group
  • a substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom Phenyldibenzofuranyl group, Methyldibenzofuranyl group, t-butyldibenzofuranyl group, Monovalent residue of spiro [9H-xanthene-9,9 '-[9H] fluorene]
  • X A and Y A are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH, or CH 2 . However, at least one of X A and Y A is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NH.
  • the heterocyclic ring represented by the above formulas (XY-1) to (XY-18) has a bond at an arbitrary position to be a monovalent heterocyclic group.
  • the monovalent group derived from the unsubstituted heterocyclic ring represented by the above formulas (XY-1) to (XY-18) has a substituent when the carbon atom constituting the skeleton in these formulas is when bonded hydrogen atoms is replaced by a substituent, or, X a and Y a is NH or CH 2, hydrogen atoms in these NH or CH 2 may refer to a state in which is replaced by a substituent.
  • specific examples (specific example group G3) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups.
  • the unsubstituted alkyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkyl group”
  • the substituted alkyl group refers to a “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group”
  • the term “substituted alkyl group” is referred to.
  • the term “alkyl group” includes both “unsubstituted alkyl group” and “substituted alkyl group”.
  • the “substituted alkyl group” is a case where the “unsubstituted alkyl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include a group in which the following “unsubstituted alkyl group” has a substituent and examples of a substituted alkyl group. .
  • the examples of the “unsubstituted alkyl group” and the examples of the “substituted alkyl group” listed here are merely examples, and the “substituted alkyl group” described in this specification includes “unsubstituted alkyl group”.
  • the group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent
  • the “substituted alkyl group” further has a substituent.
  • Unsubstituted alkyl group Methyl group, Ethyl group, n-propyl group, Isopropyl group, n-butyl group, Isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group
  • Substituted alkyl group Heptafluoropropyl group (including isomers), Pentafluoroethyl group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group, Trifluoromethyl group
  • specific examples (specific example group G4) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkenyl groups and substituted alkenyl groups.
  • the unsubstituted alkenyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkenyl group”
  • the “substituted alkenyl group” refers to a “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.” Is a "substituted alkenyl group”.
  • alkenyl group includes both "unsubstituted alkenyl group” and "substituted alkenyl group”.
  • the ⁇ substituted alkenyl group '' is a case where the ⁇ unsubstituted alkenyl group '' has a substituent, and examples of the following ⁇ unsubstituted alkenyl group '' include a group having a substituent and a substituted alkenyl group. .
  • the examples of the “unsubstituted alkenyl group” and the examples of the “substituted alkenyl group” are merely examples, and the “substituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted alkenyl group”.
  • the group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent
  • the “substituted alkenyl group” further has a substituent.
  • Unsubstituted alkenyl group and substituted alkenyl group Vinyl group, Allyl group, 1-butenyl group, 2-butenyl group, A 3-butenyl group, 1,3-butanedienyl group, 1-methylvinyl group, 1-methylallyl group, 1,1-dimethylallyl group, 2-methylallyl group, 1,2-dimethylallyl group
  • Specific examples (specific example group G5) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkynyl groups.
  • the unsubstituted alkynyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkynyl group”.
  • alkynyl group Alkynyl group "and” substituted alkynyl group ".
  • substituted alkynyl group is a case where the “unsubstituted alkynyl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include the following “unsubstituted alkynyl group” having a substituent.
  • Specific examples (specific example group G6) of the “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups and substituted cycloalkyl groups.
  • the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group refers to the case where the “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” is an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group”, and the substituted cycloalkyl group is the “substituted or unsubstituted
  • cycloalkyl group means a "substituted cycloalkyl group”.
  • Substituted cycloalkyl group is a case where "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” has a substituent, and examples of the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” have a substituent and substituted cycloalkyl groups. And the like. It should be noted that the examples of the “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” and the examples of the “substituted cycloalkyl group” are merely examples, and the “substituted cycloalkyl group” described in this specification includes “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group”. A group in which the “substituted cycloalkyl group” further has a substituent, a group in which the “substituted cycloalkyl group” further has a substituent, and the like are also included.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ) described in the present specification include: -Si (G1) (G1) (G1), -Si (G1) (G2) (G2), -Si (G1) (G1) (G2), -Si (G2) (G2) (G2), -Si (G3) (G3) (G3), -Si (G5) (G5) (G5), -Si (G6) (G6) (G6) Is mentioned.
  • G1 is an "aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
  • G5 is the “alkynyl group” described in Specific Example Group G5.
  • G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
  • G8 Specific examples of the group represented by —O— (R 904 ) described in the present specification (specific example group G8) include -O (G1), -O (G2), -O (G3), -O (G6) Is mentioned.
  • G1 is an "aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
  • G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
  • G9 Specific examples of the group represented by -S- (R 905 ) described in the present specification (specific example group G9) include -S (G1), -S (G2), -S (G3), -S (G6) Is mentioned.
  • G1 is an "aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
  • G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
  • G1 is an "aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
  • G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
  • Specific examples (specific example group G11) of the “halogen atom” described in this specification include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • a specific example of the “alkoxy group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —O (G3), where G3 is an “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkoxy group” is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
  • a specific example of the “alkylthio group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —S (G3), where G3 is the “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkylthio group” is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
  • a specific example of the “aryloxy group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —O (G1), where G1 is the “aryl group” described in the specific example group G1.
  • the ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted aryloxy group” is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.
  • a specific example of the “arylthio group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —S (G1), where G1 is the “aryl group” described in the specific example group G1.
  • the ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted arylthio group” is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.
  • a specific example of the “aralkyl group” described in the present specification is a group represented by — (G3) — (G1), wherein G3 is an “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3. , G1 is the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • an “aralkyl group” is an embodiment of a “substituted alkyl group” substituted with an “aryl group”.
  • the carbon number of the “unsubstituted aralkyl group” which is the “unsubstituted alkyl group” substituted by the “unsubstituted aryl group” is 7 to 50, preferably 7 unless otherwise specified in the present specification. -30, more preferably 7-18.
  • aralkyl group examples include, for example, benzyl group, 1-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 1-phenylisopropyl group, 2-phenylisopropyl group, phenyl-t-butyl group, ⁇ -naphthylmethyl Group, 1- ⁇ -naphthylethyl group, 2- ⁇ -naphthylethyl group, 1- ⁇ -naphthylisopropyl group, 2- ⁇ -naphthylisopropyl group, ⁇ -naphthylmethyl group, 1- ⁇ -naphthylethyl group, 2- ⁇ -naphthylethyl group, 1- ⁇ -naphthylisopropyl group, 2- ⁇ -naphthylisopropyl group and the like.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably a phenyl group, a p-biphenyl group, an m-biphenyl group, an o-biphenyl group, a p-terphenyl- 4-yl group, p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl- 2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group , A pyrenyl group, a chrysenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, a fluor
  • the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
  • Nanthrolinyl group carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group, 9-carbazolyl group), benzocarbazolyl group, azacarbazolyl group, diazacarbazolyl group, Dibenzofuranyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, azadibenzofuranyl group, diazadibenzofuranyl group, dibenzothiophenyl group, naphthobenzothiophenyl group, azadibenzothiophenyl group, diazadibenzothiophenyl group, (9 -Phenyl) carbazolyl group ((9-phenyl) carbazolyl -1-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazol-2-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazol-3-yl group, or (9-phenyl) carbazol-4-yl group), (9-biphen
  • dibenzofuranyl group and dibenzothiophenyl group are specifically any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in this specification.
  • X B is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described in the present specification is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group. And the like.
  • the “substituted or unsubstituted arylene group” described in the present specification means a divalent group of the above “aryl group”.
  • Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted arylene group” include a divalent group of the “aryl group” described in specific example group G1. That is, as a specific example (specific group G12) of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group", a group excluding one hydrogen bonded to the ring-forming carbon of the "aryl group” described in the specific group G1. Is.
  • Specific examples (specific example group G13) of the “substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” described in the present specification include groups obtained by divalently converting the “heterocyclic group” described in the specific example group G2. Is mentioned. That is, specific examples (specific example group G13) of the “substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” include one of the “heterocyclic groups” bonded to the ring-forming atom of the “heterocyclic group” described in the specific example group G2. It is a group excluding hydrogen.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.
  • R 908 is a substituent.
  • m901 is 0 to a 4 integer, when m901 represents 2 or more, to R 908 of existing in plural numbers may be the same as each other or may be different.
  • R 909 is each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Two R 909 may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.
  • R 910 is a substituent.
  • m902 is an integer of 0 to 6.
  • a plurality of R 910 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.
  • R 911 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • X B is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • adjacent two which form a ring when one or more adjacent two or more are bonded to each other to form a ring includes R 921 and R 922 , R 922 and R 923, R 923 and R 924, R 924 and R 930, R 930 and R 925, R 925 and R 926, R 926 and R 927, R 927 and R 928, R 928 and R 929, and R 929 and R 921 .
  • the “one or more sets” means that two or more adjacent two sets may form a ring at the same time.
  • R 921 and R 922 combine with each other to form ring A
  • R 925 and R 926 combine with each other to form ring B
  • the compound is represented by the following formula (XY-81) .
  • R 921 and R 922 combine with each other to form ring A
  • R 922 and R 923 combine with each other to form ring C
  • XY-82 In the case where three adjacent R 921 to R 923 are fused to the anthracene mother skeleton to form a ring A and a ring C sharing R 922 , they are represented by the following formula (XY-82).
  • the rings A to C formed in the above formulas (XY-81) and (XY-82) are saturated or unsaturated rings.
  • “Unsaturated ring” means an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring.
  • “Saturated ring” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
  • a ring A formed by bonding R 921 and R 922 to each other has a carbon atom of an anthracene skeleton to which R 921 is bonded and a carbon atom of an anthracene skeleton to which R 922 is bonded.
  • a ring formed by atoms and one or more optional elements is meant.
  • the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R 921 is bonded the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R 922 is bonded, and four carbon atoms are different.
  • the ring formed by R 921 and R 922 is a benzene ring.
  • the ring is a cyclohexane ring.
  • the “arbitrary element” is preferably a C element, an N element, an O element, or an S element.
  • a bond that does not participate in ring formation may be terminated with a hydrogen atom or the like, or may be substituted with an arbitrary substituent.
  • the formed ring is a heterocyclic ring.
  • “One or more optional elements” constituting a saturated or unsaturated ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and still more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less. .
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring a structure in which the aryl group mentioned as a specific example in the specific example group G1 is terminated with a hydrogen atom is given.
  • the aromatic heterocyclic ring a structure in which the aromatic heterocyclic group described as a specific example in the specific example group G2 is terminated with a hydrogen atom is given.
  • Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include a structure in which the cycloalkyl group mentioned as a specific example in Specific Example Group G6 is terminated with a hydrogen atom.
  • the substituent is, for example, an “optional substituent” described later.
  • Specific examples of the substituent in the case where the above “saturated or unsaturated ring” has a substituent are the substituents described in the above section of “the substituent described in the present specification”.
  • the substituent in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted” may be: An unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, An unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, An unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, An unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms for ring formation, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N ( R906 ) ( R907 ) (here, R 901 to R 907 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group
  • each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
  • Halogen atom cyano group, nitro group
  • It is a group selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms and an unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • the substituents when referred to as "substituted or unsubstituted” are: An alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, It is a group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • the substituents when referred to as "substituted or unsubstituted” are: An alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, It is a group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.
  • adjacent substituents may be substituted with a saturated or unsaturated ring (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring, (Preferably, a benzene ring).
  • an optional substituent may further have a substituent unless otherwise specified. Examples of the substituent further included in the optional substituent include those similar to the optional substituent described above.
  • R 1 to R 8 are each independently: Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocycl
  • R 901 to R 907 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
  • At least one of R 1 to R 8 is a deuterium atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 are each independently: Single bond, It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
  • Ar 1 is A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • Ar 2 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2), (3) or (4).
  • R 15 to R 20 Two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is formed. Do not form.
  • one of R 13 to R 20 is L 2 Is a single bond that binds to.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is R 15 to R 20 that are not formed, and one of R 13 and R 14 is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
  • R 13 to R 20 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a single bond bonded to L 2
  • R 11 and R 12 are each independently, Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atom
  • the compound according to one embodiment of the present invention can improve device performance when used in an organic EL device. Specifically, it becomes possible to provide an organic EL element having a longer life. Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, there can be provided a method for improving the performance of an organic EL device, which comprises using the above compound in a light emitting layer of the organic EL device. Specifically, the method specifically includes a compound having the same structure as the compound represented by the formula (1) except that the host material contains only a light hydrogen atom as a hydrogen atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a “light hydrogen form”). This makes it possible to improve the performance of the organic EL element, as compared with the case of using.
  • a light hydrogen means that substantially only a light hydrogen is used as the host material in the light emitting layer (the content of the light hydrogen is based on the sum of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the light hydrogen).
  • the ratio is 90 mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, or 99 mol% or more). That is, as a host material, at least one of the light hydrogen atoms on the anthracene skeleton was replaced with a deuterium atom among the light hydrogen atoms of the light hydrogen form instead of or in addition to the light hydrogen form.
  • R 1 to R 8 may be deuterium atoms, or some (eg, 1 or 2 or more) may be deuterium atoms.
  • R 1 to R 8 which are not deuterium atoms are preferably hydrogen atoms (light hydrogen atoms).
  • At least one of the hydrogen atoms possessed by one or more selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 is a deuterium atom.
  • one or more selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 is an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring-forming carbon atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
  • an unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 are each independently a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms.
  • at least one of L 1 and L 2 is a single bond.
  • R 13 or R 14 in formulas (2) to (4) is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
  • two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 in formulas (2) to (4) do not bond with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • a hydrogen atom is not a single bond that bonds to L 2 and does not contribute to ring formation.
  • At least one of R 11 to R 20 in formulas (2) to (4) that is not a single bond that bonds to L 2 and does not contribute to ring formation is a deuterium atom.
  • At least one hydrogen atom contained in one or more of Ar 1 is a deuterium atom.
  • Ar 1 is an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom, or at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom. It is an unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • Ar 1 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and more preferably selected from groups represented by the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
  • * represents a single bond bonded to L 1 .
  • R 21's are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • m1 is independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 5.
  • m3 is independently an integer of 0 to 7.
  • a plurality of R 21's may be the same as or different from each other.
  • m1 to m3 are each 2 or more, a plurality of adjacent R 21 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form. )
  • the presence of a deuterium atom in the compound is confirmed by mass spectrometry or 1 H-NMR analysis. Further, the bonding position of the deuterium atom in the compound is specified by 1 H-NMR analysis. Specifically, it is as follows. The target compound is subjected to mass spectrometry, and it can be confirmed that the target compound contains one deuterium atom by increasing the molecular weight by 1 as compared with the corresponding compound in which all hydrogen atoms are light hydrogen atoms. In addition, since no signal is generated for deuterium atoms by 1 H-NMR analysis, the number of deuterium atoms contained in the molecule is determined by an integrated value obtained by performing 1 H-NMR analysis on the target compound. You can check. In addition, 1 H-NMR analysis is performed on the target compound, and the binding position of a deuterium atom can be specified by assigning a signal.
  • a composition according to one embodiment of the present invention contains a compound represented by the formula (1), and the content ratio of the latter is 99 mol% or less based on the total amount of the compound represented by the formula (1) and a hydrogen hydride. Is. The content ratio of the deuterium is confirmed by mass spectrometry. Further, in the composition according to one embodiment of the present invention, the content ratio of the former to the total of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the light hydrogen compound is 30 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 90 It is mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, 99 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) has the formula (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1-5) or (1- It is a compound represented by 6).
  • R 1 to R 8 and R 11 to R 20 , Ar 1 , L 1 and L 2 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) or (1- It is a compound represented by 16). (In the formulas (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) and (1-16), R 1 to R 8 , Ar 1 and L 1 Is as defined in the above formula (1).)
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-21), (1-22), (1-23), (1-24), (1-25) or (1- It is a compound represented by 26).
  • Ar 1 and L 1 are the same as those in the formula (1). ) Is as defined in.)
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) can be synthesized by following the synthetic method described in the examples and using known alternative reactions or starting materials according to the intended product.
  • D represents a deuterium atom.
  • the above compound can be used as a material for an organic EL device, preferably as a host material for a light emitting layer.
  • An organic EL device has a cathode, an anode, and one or more organic layers arranged between the cathode and the anode, and the organic layer is represented by the formula (1).
  • the organic layer does not contain the compound represented by formula (1) or the composition of the present invention described above, conventionally known materials and device configurations can be applied as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • the light emitting layer of the organic layer preferably contains the compound represented by the formula (1) or the composition of the present invention.
  • the light emitting layer of the organic EL device contains a compound represented by the formula (1) and a light hydrogen compound, and the content ratio of the latter to the total thereof is 99 mol% or less. Is.
  • the light-emitting layer of the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the compound represented by the formula (1) and a deuterium compound, and the content of the former is 30 mols relative to the total. %, 50 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 90 mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, 99 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.
  • One aspect of the organic EL device of the present invention preferably has a hole transport layer between the anode and the light emitting layer.
  • One aspect of the organic EL device of the present invention preferably has an electron transport layer between the cathode and the light emitting layer.
  • hole injection / transport layer means “at least one of a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer”
  • electron injection / transport layer means “electron injection layer and electron At least one of the transport layers ".
  • the light-emitting layer preferably contains, in addition to the compound (host material) represented by the formula (1), the following formulas (11), (21), (31), (41), (51), (61), It contains at least one compound (dopant material) selected from the group consisting of (71) and (81).
  • R 101 to R 110 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a monovalent group represented by the following formula (12) are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • L 101 to L 103 are independently Single bond, It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s). )]
  • the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (13).
  • R 111 to R 118 are the same as R 101 to R 110 in the formula (11), which are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (12).
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 , L 101 , L 102, and L 103 are as defined in the above formula (12).
  • L 101 is preferably a single bond
  • L 102 and L 103 are preferably single bonds.
  • the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
  • R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13).
  • Ar 101 , Ar 102 , L 102 and L 103 are as defined in the formula (12). .
  • R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13).
  • Ar 101 and Ar 102 are as defined in the formula (12).
  • At least one of Ar 101 and Ar 102 is a group represented by the following formula (16).
  • X 101 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
  • R 121 to R 127 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
  • R 121 to R 127 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having
  • X 101 is preferably an oxygen atom.
  • At least one of R 121 to R 127 is A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • Ar 101 is preferably a group represented by the formula (16), and Ar 102 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. .
  • the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (17).
  • R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13).
  • R 121 to R 127 are as defined in the formula (16).
  • R 131 to R 135 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (11) include the following compounds.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • Z is each independently CR a or N.
  • the A1 ring and the A2 ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • plural R a are present, one or more adjacent two or more sets of plural R a are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • n21 and n22 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
  • R a to R c which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having
  • the “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the above-described compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group”.
  • the “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (21) as ring-forming atoms.
  • Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • the “heterocycle” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above “heterocyclic group”.
  • the “heterocycle” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (21) as ring-forming atoms.
  • Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • R b is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of A1 ring or to the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring of A1 ring.
  • R c is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A2 ring or any of the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring of the A2 ring.
  • At least one (preferably two) of R a to R c is preferably a group represented by the following formula (21a).
  • L 201 is Single bond, It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
  • Ar 201 is A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the following formula (21b).
  • L 211 and L 212 are each independently Single bond, It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
  • Ar 211 and Ar 212 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring or no substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • Ar 211 and Ar 212 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, It is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. ))
  • the compound represented by the formula (21) is represented by the following formula (22).
  • formula (22) One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R 201 to R 211 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring; Does not form a ring.
  • R 201 to R 211 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having
  • At least one (preferably two) of R 201 to R 211 is preferably a group represented by the above formula (21a).
  • R 204 and R 211 are groups represented by the above formula (21a).
  • the compound represented by the formula (21) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following formula (21-1) or (21-2) is bonded to the A1 ring.
  • the compound represented by the formula (22) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following formula (21-1) or (21-2) is bound to the ring to which R 204 to R 207 are bound.
  • the two bonds * are each independently bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of a heterocyclic ring of the A1 ring of the formula (21); Alternatively, it binds to any of R 204 to R 207 in the formula (22).
  • the three bonds * in formula (21-2) are each independently bonded to the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A1 ring of formula (21) or the ring-forming atom of the heterocycle, or It is bonded to any of R 204 to R 207 in (22). At least one pair of two or more of R 221 to R 227 and R 231 to R 239 is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or Does not form a substituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • R 221 to R 227 and R 231 to R 239 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstitute
  • the compound represented by the formula (21) is a compound represented by the following formula (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
  • the ring A1 is as defined in the formula (21).
  • R 2401 to R 2407 are the same as R 221 to R 227 in formulas (21-1) and (21-2).
  • R 2410 to R 2417 are the same as R 201 to R 211 in the formula (22). The two R 2417 may be the same as or different from each other. )
  • the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms of the ring A1 in the formula (21-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring. It is a fluorene ring.
  • the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms in ring A1 of formula (21-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring, a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.
  • the compound represented by the formula (21) or (22) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (21-6-1) to (21-6-7).
  • You. (In formulas (21-6-1) to (21-6-7), R 2421 to R 2427 are the same as R 221 to R 227 in formulas (21-1) and (21-2).
  • R 2430 to R 2437 and R 2441 to R 2444 are the same as R 201 to R 211 in the formula (22).
  • X is O, NR 901 , or C (R 902 ) (R 903 ).
  • R 901 to R 903 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • At least one set of two or more adjacent R 201 to R 211 is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated group. Form a ring.
  • This embodiment will be described in detail below as Expression (25).
  • Two or more rings formed by R 251 to R 261 may be the same or different.
  • R 251 to R 261 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having
  • R n and R n + 1 are bonded to each other to form two rings where R n and R n + 1 are bonded. Together with the forming carbon atom, it forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • the ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from C, O, S and N atoms, and the number of atoms is preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 5 or 6.
  • the number of the ring structures in the compound represented by the formula (25) is, for example, two, three, or four.
  • the two or more ring structures may each be present on the same benzene ring on the mother skeleton of the formula (25), or may be present on different benzene rings.
  • one ring structure may be present in each of the three benzene rings of formula (25).
  • Examples of the ring structure in the compound represented by the formula (25) include structures represented by the following formulas (251) to (260). (In the formulas (251) to (257), * 1 and * 2, * 3 and * 4, * 5 and * 6, * 7 and * 8, * 9 and * 10, * 11 and * 12, and * 13
  • * 14 represents the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n and R n + 1 are bonded, and the ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n is bonded are * 1 and * 2, * 3 and * 4, * 5 and It may be any of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by * 6, * 7 and * 8, * 9 and * 10, * 11 and * 12, and * 13 and * 14.
  • X 2501 is C (R 2512 ) (R 2513 ), NR 2514 , O or S.
  • One or more adjacent two or more sets of R 2501 to R 2506 and R 2512 to R 2513 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or unsubstituted. Does not form a substituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • R 2501 to R 2514 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are the same as R 251 to R 261 described above. )
  • * 1 and * 2 and * 3 and * 4 each represent the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n and R n + 1 are bonded, and R n is bonded to
  • the ring-forming carbon atom may be any of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by * 1 and * 2 or * 3 and * 4.
  • X 2501 is C (R 2512 ) (R 2513 ), NR 2514 , O or S.
  • One or more adjacent two or more sets of R 2515 to R 2525 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated Does not form a ring.
  • R 2515 to R 2521 and R 2522 to R 2525 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are the same as R 251 to R 261 described above.
  • At least one of R 252 , R 254 , R 255 , R 260 and R 261 is a ring It is preferable that the group does not form a structure.
  • R 251 to R 261 that does not form a ring structure, and (iii) R 2501 to R 2514 and R 2515 to R 2525 in Formulas (251) to (260) are preferably Independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, It is either a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted
  • R d is each independently: Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • X is C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S.
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • p1 is independently an integer of 0 to 5
  • p2 is independently an integer of 0 to 4
  • p3 is an integer of 0 to 3
  • p4 is an integer of 0 to 7.
  • the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-1) to (25-6).
  • the rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • R 251 to R 261 are the same as those in the formula (25) Same as).
  • the compound represented by formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-7) to (25-12).
  • rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • R 251 to R 261 are This is the same as the equation (25).
  • the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-13) to (25-21).
  • ring d-k are each independently a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated .
  • R 251 - R 261 is the formula (25 Same as).)
  • the substituent is, for example, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, Examples thereof include a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by the above formula (261), (263) or (264).
  • the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-22) to (25-25).
  • X 250 is independently C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S.
  • R 251 to R 261 , R 271 to R 278 is the same as R 251 to R 261 in the above formula (25), and R 901 to R 903 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by the following formula (25-26).
  • X 250 is C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S.
  • R 253 , R 254 , R 257 , R 258 , R 261 , and R 271 -R 282 are the same as R 251 -R 261 in the formula (25).
  • R 901 -R 903 are as defined in the formula (1).
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (21) include the following compounds.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) will be described.
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound corresponding to the compound represented by the formula (21-3) described above.
  • (In equation (31) At least one pair of adjacent two or more of R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring Does not form a ring.
  • R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstitute
  • R 321 and R 322 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in
  • One set of two or more adjacent to R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 is, for example, R 301 and R 302 , R 302 and R 303 , R 303 and R 304 , R 305 and R 306. , R 306 and R 307 , R 301 , R 302 and R 303, and the like.
  • At least one, preferably two of R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 are groups represented by —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ).
  • R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring group. It is a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (32).
  • (In equation (32) One or more of adjacent two or more of R 331 to R 334 and R 341 to R 344 form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or are substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated. Does not form a ring.
  • R 331 to R 334 , R 341 to R 344 and R 351 and R 352 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 361 to R 364 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • the compound represented by formula (31) is a compound represented by formula (33) below.
  • R 351 , R 352 and R 361 to R 364 are as defined in the formula (32).
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (34) or (35).
  • R 361 to R 364 are as defined in the above formula (32).
  • At least one pair of adjacent two or more of R 371 to R 377 and R 380 to R 386 forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring Does not form a ring.
  • R 371 to R 377 and R 380 to R 386 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and R 387 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • the two R 387 may be the same as or different from each other. )
  • the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (34-2) or (35-2).
  • R 361 to R 364 , R 375 to R 377 and R 384 to R 387 are as defined in the formulas (34) and (35).
  • R 361 to R 364 in formulas (32), (33), (34), (35), (34-2), and (35-2) are each independently substituted or unsubstituted.
  • 352 is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).
  • the compound represented by formula (31) is a compound represented by formula (36) below.
  • R 3001 , R 3002 , R 3005 to R 3007 , R 3010 , R 3011 , R 3014 to R 3016 , and R 3031 to R 3034 are They are joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or no substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • X a is independently selected from O, S and N (R 35 ). R 35 is combined with R 3031 to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or does not form the ring.
  • R 3001 which do not form a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated
  • R 3002, R 3005 ⁇ R 3007, R 3010, R 3011, R 3014 ⁇ R 3016, and R 3031 ⁇ R 3035, and R 3021, R 3022 is each independently: Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • the substituent in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted” in formulas (31) to (36) is A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 401 and R 402 each independently form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring by combining with the a ring, the b ring or the c ring.
  • R 401 and R 402 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • Ring a, ring b and ring c are each a ring (substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms) fused to a central fused bicyclic structure of formula (41) composed of a B atom and two N atoms.
  • the “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of ring a, ring b and ring c has the same structure as the above-described compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group”.
  • the “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the ring a contains three carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms.
  • the “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the ring b and the ring c includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms.
  • Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
  • the “heterocycle” of ring a, ring b and ring c has the same structure as the above-mentioned compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group”.
  • the “heterocycle” of ring a contains three carbon atoms on the condensed two-ring structure in the center of formula (41) as ring-forming atoms.
  • the “heterocycle” of the b-ring and the c-ring includes two carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms.
  • Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
  • R 401 and R 402 may be independently bonded to ring a, ring b or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • the heterocyclic ring in this case will contain a nitrogen atom on the fused bicyclic structure in the center of formula (41). In this case, the heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than a nitrogen atom.
  • R 401 and R 402 are bonded to ring a, ring b or ring c, specifically, the atom forming ring a, ring b or ring c is bonded to the atom forming ring R 401 or R 402.
  • R 401 may be bonded to ring a to form a two-ring fused (or three-ring fused or more) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the ring containing R 401 and the a ring are fused.
  • Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing two-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2. The same applies to the case where R 401 is bonded to ring b, the case where R 402 is bonded to ring a, and the case where R 402 is bonded to ring c.
  • ring a, ring b and ring c in formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. In one embodiment, ring a, ring b and ring c in formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
  • R 401 and R 402 in Formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom having 5 to 50 ring atoms. And is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by formula (41) is a compound represented by formula (42) below.
  • R 401A combines with one or more selected from the group consisting of R 411 and R 421 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R 402A bonds to one or more selected from the group consisting of R 413 and R 414 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R 401A and R 402A which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 411 to R 421 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
  • R 411 to R 421 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substitute
  • R 401A and R 402A in the formula (42) are groups corresponding to R 401 and R 402 in the formula (41).
  • R 401A and R 411 may combine to form a bicyclic fused (or tricyclic fused or more) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which a ring containing these and a benzene ring corresponding to ring a are fused.
  • Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing two-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2. The same applies to the case where R 401A and R 412 combine, the case where R 402A and R 413 combine, and the case where R 402A and R 414 combine.
  • R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, an indole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, or the like is condensed to a 6-membered ring to which these are bonded,
  • the formed condensed ring becomes a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
  • R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring carbon number having 6 to 50 carbon atoms. Or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom number. 5 to 50 monovalent heterocyclic groups.
  • R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 411 to R 421 One is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (42) is a compound represented by the following formula (43).
  • R 431 combines with R 446 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R 433 combines with R 447 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • R 441 combines with R 442 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
  • One or more of adjacent two or more of R 431 to R 451 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
  • R 431 to R 451 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substitute
  • R 431 may combine with R 446 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle.
  • R 431 and R 446 combine to form a 3- or more-fused nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the benzene ring to which R 46 is attached, the ring containing N, and the benzene ring corresponding to ring a are fused.
  • the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing three-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2. The same applies to the case where R 433 and R 447 are bonded, the case where R 434 and R 451 are bonded, and the case where R 441 and R 442 are bonded.
  • R 431 to R 451 which do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon number 6 to 50. Or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom number. 5 to 50 monovalent heterocyclic groups.
  • R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 431 to R 451 is preferred.
  • One is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43A).
  • R 461 is Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 462 to R 465 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 461 to R 465 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 461 to R 465 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43B).
  • R 471 and R 472 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 473 to R 475 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 906 and R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43B ′).
  • R 472 to R 475 are as defined in the formula (43B).
  • R 471 to R 475 is A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 472 is Hydrogen atom
  • R 471 and R 473 to R 475 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43C).
  • R 481 and R 482 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 483 to R 486 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43C ′).
  • R 483 to R 486 are as defined in the formula (43C).
  • R 481 to R 486 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • R 481 to R 486 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • the compound represented by the formula (41) is prepared as an intermediate by first connecting the a ring, b ring and c ring with a linking group (a group containing NR 1 and a group containing NR 2 ).
  • First reaction the final product can be produced by bonding ring a, ring b and ring c with a linking group (group containing B) (second reaction).
  • first reaction an amination reaction such as a Bhabhurt-Hartwig reaction can be applied.
  • a tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction or the like can be applied.
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) will be described.
  • the r ring is a ring represented by the formula (52) or the formula (53) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
  • the q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the formula (54) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
  • the p-ring and the t-ring each have a structure represented by the formula (55) or (56), which is independently condensed at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
  • R 501 there are a plurality and do not form a plurality of adjacent R 501 is bonded to either form a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated with one another, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring .
  • X 501 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 502 .
  • R 501 and R 502 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • Ar 501 and Ar 502 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • L 501 is A substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • m1 is each independently an integer of 0 to 2
  • m2 is each independently an integer of 0 to 4
  • m3 is each independently an integer of 0 to 3
  • m4 is each independently 0 to 2. It is an integer of 5. If R 501 there are a plurality to plurality of R 501 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
  • each of the rings p to t is fused by sharing two carbon atoms with an adjacent ring.
  • the position and direction of condensation are not limited, and condensation can be performed at any position and direction.
  • R 501 is a hydrogen atom.
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-1) to (51-6).
  • R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1 and m3 are as defined in the formula (51).
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-11) to (51-13).
  • R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1, m3, and m4 are as defined in Formula (51).
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-21) to (51-25).
  • R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1 and m4 are as defined in the formula (51).
  • the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-31) to (51-33).
  • R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , and m2 to m4 are as defined in the formula (51).
  • Ar 501 and Ar 502 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • one of Ar 501 and Ar 502 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and the other is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent monovalent having 5 to 50 ring atom atoms. It is a heterocyclic group.
  • Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (51) include the following compounds.
  • Me represents a methyl group.
  • R 605 to R 608 those which do not form the divalent group represented by the above formula (63), and at least one of R 621 to R 624 are monovalent groups represented by the following formula (64).
  • X 601 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 609 .
  • R 601 to R 608 which do not form the divalent group represented by the formulas (62) and (63) and are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (64), the formula (64) R 611 to R 614 and R 621 to R 624 , and R 609 which are not a monovalent group represented by Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • Ar 601 and Ar 602 are each independently: A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • L 601 to L 603 are independently Single bond, A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by combining 2 to 4 of these. )
  • the positions where the divalent group represented by the formula (62) and the divalent group represented by the formula (63) are formed are not particularly limited, and the positions where R 601 to R 608 are possible Such groups can be formed.
  • the compound represented by the formula (61) is represented by any of the following formulas (61-1) to (61-6).
  • X 601 is as defined in the formula (61).
  • At least two of R 601 to R 624 are monovalent groups represented by the above formula (64).
  • R 601 to R 624 which are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (64) are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms
  • the compound represented by the formula (61) is represented by any of the following formulas (61-7) to (61-18).
  • X 601 is as defined in the formula (61). * Represents a single bond bonded to the monovalent group represented by the formula (64).
  • R 601 to R 624 are the same as R 601 to R 624 which are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (64).
  • R 601 to R 608 which do not form the divalent group represented by the formulas (62) and (63) and are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (64);
  • R 611 to R 614 and R 621 to R 624 which are not monovalent groups represented by 64) are preferably each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 631 to R 640 are independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted
  • HAr 601 is a structure represented by the following formula (67).
  • X 602 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. Any one of R 641 to R 648 is a single bond bonded to L 603 .
  • R 641 to R 648 which are not a single bond are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • a 701 ring and A 702 ring are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms. At least one selected from the group consisting of the ring A 701 and the ring A 702 bonds to a bond * of a structure represented by the following formula (72).
  • a 703 rings are each independently: A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • X 701 is NR 703 , C (R 704 ) (R 705 ), Si (R 706 ) (R 707 ), Ge (R 708 ) (R 709 ), O, S or Se.
  • R 701 and R 702 combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  • R 701 and R 702 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and R 703 to R 709 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstit
  • the group represented by the following formula (73) to one or both of the A 701 ring and A 702 ring is bonded.
  • Ar 701 and Ar 702 are each independently A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • L 701 to L 703 are each independently Single bond, A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by combining 2 to 4 of these.
  • the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the ring A 702 or the ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic ring has a bond of a structure represented by the formula (72). Combine with *.
  • the structures represented by formula (72) may be the same or different.
  • R 701 and R 702 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. In one embodiment, R 701 and R 702 combine with each other to form a fluorene structure.
  • Ring A 701 and Ring A 702 are a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
  • ring A 703 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
  • X 701 is O or S.
  • the compound represented by the formula (81) will be described.
  • the ring A 801 is a ring represented by the formula (82) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
  • the ring A 802 is a ring represented by the formula (83) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
  • the two bonding hands * bond to an arbitrary position on the A803 ring.
  • X 801 and X 802 are each independently C (R 803 ) (R 804 ), Si (R 805 ) (R 806 ), an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
  • Ring A 803 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • Ar 801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
  • R 801 to R 806 are each independently Hydrogen atom, A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms, A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ), —O— (R 904 ), -S- (R 905 ), -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
  • R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
  • m801 and m802 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2. When these are 2, a plurality of R 801 or R 802 may be the same as or different from each other.
  • a801 is an integer of 0 to 2. When a801 is 0 or 1, the structures in parentheses represented by “3-a801” may be the same or different. If a801 is 2, to Ar 801 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
  • Ar 801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  • ring A 803 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, such as a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.
  • R 803 and R 804 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • a801 is 1.
  • the content of the compound (host material) represented by the formula (1) in the light emitting layer is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less based on the entire light emitting layer.
  • the content in the light emitting layer is preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less based on the entire light emitting layer.
  • the substrate is used as a support for the light emitting device.
  • the substrate for example, glass, quartz, plastic, or the like can be used.
  • a flexible substrate may be used.
  • the flexible substrate is a substrate that can be bent (flexible), and examples thereof include a plastic substrate made of polycarbonate and polyvinyl chloride.
  • anode It is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more) for the anode formed on the substrate.
  • a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more) for the anode formed on the substrate.
  • ITO indium oxide-tin oxide
  • ITO indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide
  • indium oxide-zinc oxide silicon oxide
  • tungsten oxide tungsten oxide
  • indium oxide containing zinc oxide Graphene
  • gold (Au) platinum
  • Pt platinum
  • a nitride of a metal material for example, titanium nitride
  • the hole-injection layer is a layer containing a substance having a high hole-injection property.
  • Materials having a high hole-injecting property include molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, Tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, aromatic amine compounds, or high molecular compounds (oligomers, dendrimers, polymers, and the like) can also be used.
  • the hole-transporting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high hole-transporting property.
  • An aromatic amine compound, a carbazole derivative, an anthracene derivative or the like can be used for the hole transport layer.
  • a high molecular compound such as poly (N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviation: PVK) or poly (4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviation: PVTPA) can also be used.
  • PVK N-vinylcarbazole
  • PVTPA poly (4-vinyltriphenylamine
  • any substance other than these substances may be used as long as it has a property of transporting more holes than electrons.
  • the layer containing a substance having a high hole-transport property is not limited to a single layer, and may be a layer in which two or more layers of the above substances are stacked.
  • the light-emitting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high light-emitting property, and various materials can be used.
  • a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence or a phosphorescent compound that emits phosphorescence can be used as the substance having a high light emitting property.
  • the fluorescent compound is a compound capable of emitting light from a singlet excited state
  • the phosphorescent compound is a compound capable of emitting light from a triplet excited state.
  • a blue fluorescent light-emitting material that can be used for the light-emitting layer
  • a pyrene derivative, a styrylamine derivative, a chrysene derivative, a fluoranthene derivative, a fluorene derivative, a diamine derivative, a triarylamine derivative, or the like can be used.
  • a green fluorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer
  • an aromatic amine derivative or the like can be used.
  • a red fluorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer
  • a tetracene derivative, a diamine derivative, or the like can be used.
  • a metal complex such as an iridium complex, an osmium complex, and a platinum complex is used.
  • An iridium complex or the like is used as a green phosphorescent material that can be used for the light emitting layer.
  • a metal complex such as an iridium complex, a platinum complex, a terbium complex, or a europium complex is used as a red phosphorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer.
  • the light-emitting layer may have a structure in which the above substance having a high light-emitting property (guest material) is dispersed in another substance (host material).
  • guest material the above substance having a high light-emitting property
  • host material another substance
  • LUMO level the lowest unoccupied orbital level
  • HOMO level the lowest unoccupied orbital level
  • a substance (host material) for dispersing a substance having a high light-emitting property 1) a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, a beryllium complex, or a zinc complex; 2) an oxadiazole derivative, a benzimidazole derivative, or a phenanthroline derivative; A heterocyclic compound, 3) a condensed aromatic compound such as a carbazole derivative, an anthracene derivative, a phenanthrene derivative, a pyrene derivative, or a chrysene derivative; 3) an aromatic amine compound such as a triarylamine derivative or a condensed polycyclic aromatic amine derivative; used.
  • the electron-transporting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high electron-transporting property.
  • a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, a beryllium complex or a zinc complex
  • a heteroaromatic compound such as an imidazole derivative, a benzimidazole derivative, an azine derivative, a carbazole derivative or a phenanthroline derivative
  • 3) a polymer compound can be used.
  • the electron-injection layer is a layer containing a substance having a high electron-injection property.
  • a substance having a high electron-injection property lithium (Li), ytterbium (Yb), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF 2 ), 8-hydroxyquinolinolato-lithium (Liq), etc.
  • an alkali metal such as lithium oxide (LiO x ), an alkaline earth metal, or a compound thereof.
  • cathode It is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a low work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less) for the cathode.
  • a cathode material include elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table, that is, alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and magnesium (Mg) and calcium ( Alkaline earth metals such as Ca) and strontium (Sr); alloys containing these (eg, MgAg, AlLi); rare earth metals such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb); and alloys containing these.
  • a method for forming each layer is not particularly limited.
  • a conventionally known formation method such as a vacuum evaporation method and a spin coating method can be used.
  • Each layer such as a light-emitting layer is formed by a known method such as a vacuum evaporation method, a molecular beam evaporation method (MBE method), or a dipping method of a solution dissolved in a solvent, a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, or the like. It can be formed by a method.
  • MBE method molecular beam evaporation method
  • the thickness of each layer is not particularly limited, but is generally from several nm to suppress defects such as pinholes, suppress applied voltage, and improve luminous efficiency. A range of 1 ⁇ m is preferred.
  • An electronic device includes the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention.
  • the electronic device include a display component such as an organic EL panel module, a display device such as a television, a mobile phone, or a personal computer, and a light emitting device such as a lighting device or a vehicular lamp.
  • Synthesis Example 4 [Synthesis of Compound BH-4]
  • Synthesis Example 1 1.4 g (5%) of benzo [b] naphtho [1,2-d] furan-10-boronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid.
  • the reaction was performed in the same manner as above except that 1.7 g of white crystals were obtained.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-4 (yield 71%).
  • Synthesis Example 5 [Synthesis of Compound BH-5]
  • benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-8-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.6 g of white crystals.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-5 (yield 65%).
  • Synthesis Example 6 [Synthesis of Compound BH-6]
  • benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the same reaction was performed to obtain 1.4 g of white crystals.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-6 (yield 57%).
  • Synthesis Example 8 [Synthesis of Compound BH-8]
  • benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-7-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.6 g of white crystals.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-8 (yield 65%).
  • Synthesis Example 13 [Synthesis of Compound BH-13]
  • Synthesis Example 1 1.4 g (5%) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-6-boronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid. .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.2 g of white crystals.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-13 (yield 50%).
  • Synthesis Example 14 [Synthesis of Compound BH-14]
  • 4- (benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-yl) phenylboronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid.
  • 1.8 g (5.3 mmol) was used, 1.5 g of white crystals were obtained.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-14 (yield 55%).
  • Synthesis Example 16 [Synthesis of Compound BH-16]
  • benzo [b] naphtho [1,2-d] furan-10-boronic acid was replaced with 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used and the reaction was carried out in the same manner to obtain 1.5 g of white crystals.
  • the obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-16 (yield 56%).
  • Example 1 (Production of organic EL element) A 25 mm ⁇ 75 mm ⁇ 1.1 mm thick glass substrate with ITO transparent electrode (anode) (manufactured by Geomatic Co., Ltd.) was subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaning for 30 minutes. The film thickness of ITO was 130 nm. The cleaned glass substrate with a transparent electrode is mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and a compound HI is vapor-deposited so that the transparent electrode is first covered on the surface on which the transparent electrode is formed to form a HI film having a thickness of 5 nm. A film was formed. This HI film functions as a hole injection layer.
  • ITO transparent electrode anode
  • UV ozone cleaning for 30 minutes.
  • the film thickness of ITO was 130 nm.
  • the cleaned glass substrate with a transparent electrode is mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and a compound
  • the compound HT-1 was vapor-deposited to form an HT-1 film having a film thickness of 80 nm on the HI film.
  • This HT-1 film functions as a hole transport layer (first hole transport layer).
  • a compound HT-2 was deposited, and a 10 nm-thick HT-2 film was formed on the HT-1 film.
  • This HT-2 film functions as an electron blocking layer (second hole transport layer).
  • Compound BH-1 (host material) and compound BD-1 (dopant material) were co-evaporated on the HT-2 film so that the ratio of compound BD-1 was 4% by mass, and BH-1 having a film thickness of 25 nm: A BD-1 film was formed.
  • This BH-1: BD-1 film functions as a light emitting layer.
  • Compound ET-1 was deposited on this light emitting layer to form a 10 nm-thick ET-1 film. This ET-1 film functions as a hole barrier layer.
  • Compound ET-2 was deposited on the ET-1 film to form a 15 nm-thick ET-2 film. This ET-2 film functions as an electron transport layer.
  • LiF was deposited on the ET-2 film to form a 1 nm-thick LiF film.
  • Metal Al was vapor-deposited on this LiF film to form a metal cathode having a film thickness of 80 nm, and an organic EL device was produced.
  • the layer structure of the obtained organic EL device is as follows. ITO (130) / HI (5) / HT-1 (80) / HT-2 (10) / BH-1: BD-1 (25: 4% by mass) / ET-1 (10) / ET-2 ( 15) / LiF (1) / Al (80)
  • the numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
  • Example 1 The materials used in Example 1 and Examples and Comparative Examples described later are shown below.
  • Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • Example 2 and Comparative Example 2 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. Table 2 shows the results.
  • Example 3 Comparative Examples 3-1 and 3-2 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 3.
  • Example 4 Comparative Example 4-1, Comparative Example 4-2 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 4.
  • Example 5 Comparative Example 5 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. Table 5 shows the results.
  • Example 6 Comparative Example 6 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 6.
  • Example 11 and Comparative Example 11 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). Table 7 shows the results.
  • Example 12 Comparative Example 12 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). Table 8 shows the results.
  • Example 13 Comparative Example 13 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 9.
  • Example 14 Comparative Example 14 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 10.
  • Example 15 and Comparative Example 15 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 11.
  • Example 16 Comparative Example 16 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 12.
  • Example 17 Comparative Example 17 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 13.
  • Example 18 Comparative Example 18 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 14.
  • Example 21 Comparative Example 21 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 15.
  • Example 22 Comparative Example 22 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 16.
  • Example 23 Comparative Example 23 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 17.
  • Example 24 Comparative Example 24 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 18.
  • Example 25 Comparative Example 25 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 19.
  • Example 26 Comparative Example 26 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 20.
  • Example 27 Comparative Example 27 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 21.
  • Example 28 Comparative Example 28 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 22.
  • Example 31 Comparative Example 31 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 23.
  • Example 32 Comparative Example 32 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 24.
  • Example 33 Comparative Example 33 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 25.
  • Example 34 Comparative Example 34 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 26.
  • Example 35 Comparative Example 35 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 27.
  • Example 36 Comparative Example 36 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 28.
  • Example 37 Comparative Example 37 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 29.
  • Example 38 Comparative Example 38 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 30.
  • Example 41 Comparative Example 41 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 31.
  • Example 42 Comparative Example 42 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 32.
  • Example 43 Comparative Example 43 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 33.
  • Example 44 Comparative Example 44 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 34.
  • Example 45 Comparative Example 45 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 35.
  • Example 46 Comparative Example 46 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 36.
  • Example 47 Comparative Example 47 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 37.
  • Example 48 Comparative Example 48 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 38.
  • Example 51 Comparative Example 51 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 39.
  • Example 52 Comparative Example 52 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 40.
  • Example 53 Comparative Example 53 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 41.
  • Example 54 Comparative Example 54 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 42.
  • Example 55 Comparative Example 55 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 43.
  • Example 56 Comparative Example 56 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 44.
  • Example 57 Comparative Example 57 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 45.
  • Example 58 Comparative Example 58 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 46.
  • Example 61 Comparative Example 61 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 47.
  • Example 62 Comparative Example 62 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 48.
  • Example 63 Comparative Example 63 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 49.
  • Example 64 Comparative Example 64 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 50.
  • Example 65 Comparative Example 65 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 51.
  • Example 66 Comparative Example 66 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 52.
  • Example 67 Comparative example 67 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 53.
  • Example 68 Comparative Example 68 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 54.
  • Example 69 Comparative example 69 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 55.
  • Example 70 Comparative Example 70 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 56.
  • Example 71 Comparative example 71 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 57.
  • Example 72 Comparative Example 72 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 58.
  • Example 73 Comparative Example 73 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 59.
  • Example 74 Comparative Example 74 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 60.
  • Example 75 Comparative Example 75 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 61.
  • Example 76 Comparative Example 76 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 62.
  • Example 77 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 63.
  • Example 78 Comparative Example 78 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 64.
  • Comparative Example 79 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 65.
  • Example 80 Comparative Example 80 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 66.
  • Example 81 Comparative Example 81 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 67.
  • Example 82 Comparative Example 82 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 68.
  • Example 83 Comparative Example 83 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 69.
  • Example 84 Comparative Example 84 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 70.
  • Example 85 Comparative Example 85 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 71.
  • Example 86 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 72.
  • Example 87 Comparative Example 87 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 73.
  • Comparative Example 88 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 74.
  • Example 89 Comparative Example 89 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 75.
  • Example 90 Comparative Example 90 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 76.
  • Example 91 Comparative example 91 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 77.
  • Example 92 Comparative Example 92 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 78.
  • Example 93 Comparative Example 93 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 79.
  • Example 94 Comparative example 94 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 80.
  • Example 95 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 81.
  • Example 96 Comparative Example 96 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 82.
  • Comparative Example 97 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 83.
  • Example 98 Comparative Example 98 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 84.
  • Example 99 Comparative Example 99 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 85.
  • Example 100 Comparative example 100 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 86.
  • Example 101 Comparative Example 101 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 87.
  • Example 102 Comparative Example 102 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 88.
  • Example 103 Comparative Example 103 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 89.
  • Example 104 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 90.
  • Example 105 Comparative Example 105 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 91.
  • Comparative Example 106 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 92.
  • Example 107 Comparative Example 107 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 93.
  • Example 108 Comparative Example 108 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 94.
  • Example 109 Comparative Example 109 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 95.
  • Example 110 Comparative Example 110 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 96.
  • Example 111 Comparative Example 111 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 97.
  • Example 112 Comparative example 112 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 98.
  • Example 113 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 99.
  • Example 114 Comparative example 114 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 100.
  • Comparative Example 115 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 101.
  • Example 116 Comparative Example 116 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 102.
  • Example 117 Comparative Example 117 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 103.
  • Example 118 Comparative example 118 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 104.
  • Example 119 Comparative Example 119 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 105.
  • Example 120 Comparative Example 120 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 106.
  • Example 121 Comparative Example 121 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 107.
  • Example 122 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 108.
  • Example 123 Comparative Example 123 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 109.
  • Comparative Example 124 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 110.
  • Example 125 Comparative Example 125 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 111.
  • Example 126 Comparative example 126 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 112.
  • Example 127 Comparative Example 127 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 113.
  • Example 128, Comparative Example 128 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 114.
  • Example 129 Comparative Example 129 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 115.
  • Example 130 Comparative Example 130 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 116.
  • Example 131 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 117.
  • Example 132 Comparative example 132 An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 118.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

This compound is represented by formula (1) (in formula (1), at least one of R1-R8 is a deuterium atom, and Ar2 is a monovalent group represented by formula (2), (3), or (4)).

Description

新規な化合物、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子、電子機器Novel compounds, organic electroluminescent devices, electronic devices
 本発明は、新規な化合物、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子及び電子機器に関する。 The present invention relates to a novel compound, an organic electroluminescence device and an electronic device.
 有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子(以下、「有機EL素子」ということがある)に電圧を印加すると、陽極から正孔が、また陰極から電子が、それぞれ発光層に注入される。そして、発光層において、注入された正孔と電子とが再結合し、励起子が形成される。 When a voltage is applied to the organic electroluminescence element (hereinafter, also referred to as “organic EL element”), holes are injected from the anode and electrons are injected from the cathode into the light emitting layer. Then, in the light emitting layer, the injected holes and electrons are recombined to form excitons.
 有機EL素子の素子性能を高めるべく、有機EL素子に用いる材料の改良は徐々に進められているが(例えば特許文献1~7)、さらなる高性能化が求められている。特に、有機EL素子の寿命の改善は、実用化した製品の寿命につながる重要な課題であるため、長寿命な有機EL素子を実現できる材料が求められている。 In order to improve the element performance of the organic EL element, the materials used for the organic EL element are gradually being improved (for example, Patent Documents 1 to 7), but higher performance is required. In particular, the improvement of the life of the organic EL element is an important issue that leads to the life of a commercialized product, and therefore a material capable of realizing a long-life organic EL element is required.
韓国公開特許第2016-0141361号公報Korean Published Patent No. 2016-0141361 米国特許出願公開第20170200899号明細書U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 20170020099 韓国公開特許第2017-055411号公報Korean Published Patent No. 2017-055541 国際公開第2010/099534号International Publication No. WO 2010/099534 国際公開第2010/135395号International Publication No. 2010/135395 国際公開第2010/071362号International Publication No. 2010/071362 国際公開第2010/066830号International Publication No. 2010/066830
 本発明の目的は、長寿命な有機EL素子を製造することができる化合物、長寿命な有機EL素子、及び当該有機EL素子を用いた電子機器を提供することである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a compound capable of producing a long-life organic EL element, a long-life organic EL element, and an electronic device using the organic EL element.
 本発明者らは上記目的を達成するために鋭意研究を重ねた結果、式(1)で表される特定構造を有する化合物を用いると、寿命に優れる有機EL素子が得られることを見出し、本発明を完成した。
 本発明によれば、以下の化合物、有機EL素子及び電子機器が提供される。
1.下記式(1)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(式(1)において、
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907が2個以上存在する場合、2個以上のR901~R907のそれぞれは同一でもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 R~Rのうち、少なくとも1つは重水素原子である。
 R~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上、及びR~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上は、互いに結合して環を形成しない。
 L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。
 Arは、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 Arは、下記式(2)、(3)又は(4)で表される1価の基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(2)~(4)において、
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない場合、R13~R20のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する場合、前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR15~R20、並びにR13及びR14のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつLと結合する単結合ではないR13~R20、並びにR11及びR12は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
2.陰極と、陽極と、前記陰極と前記陽極との間に配置された1又は2以上の有機層と、を有し、前記有機層のうち少なくとも1層が、1に記載の化合物を含有する有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
3.2に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を備える電子機器。
The present inventors have conducted extensive studies to achieve the above object, and as a result, have found that an organic EL device having an excellent life can be obtained by using a compound having a specific structure represented by the formula (1). Completed the invention.
According to the present invention, the following compounds, organic EL devices and electronic devices are provided.
1. A compound represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
(In equation (1),
R 1 to R 8 are each independently:
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
When two or more R 901 to R 907 exist, each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
At least one of R 1 to R 8 is a deuterium atom.
Two or more of R 1 to R 4 and two or more of R 5 to R 8 are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
L 1 and L 2 are each independently:
Single bond,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
Ar 1 is
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
Ar 2 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2), (3) or (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
In formulas (2) to (4),
Two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is formed. Do not form.
When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are not bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, one of R 13 to R 20 is L 2 Is a single bond that binds to.
When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is R 15 to R 20 that are not formed, and one of R 13 and R 14 is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
R 13 to R 20 , which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a single bond bonded to L 2 , and R 11 and R 12 are each independently,
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
2. An organic material having a cathode, an anode, and one or more organic layers arranged between the cathode and the anode, at least one of the organic layers containing the compound described in 1. Electroluminescent device.
An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescence element according to 3.2.
 本発明によれば、長寿命な有機EL素子を製造することができる化合物、長寿命な有機EL素子、及び当該有機EL素子を用いた電子機器が提供できる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a compound capable of manufacturing a long-life organic EL element, a long-life organic EL element, and an electronic device using the organic EL element.
[定義]
 本明細書において、水素原子とは、中性子数が異なる同位体、即ち、軽水素(protium)、重水素(deuterium)、三重水素(tritium)を包含する。
[Definition]
As used herein, the term “hydrogen atom” includes isotopes having different neutron numbers, that is, protium, deuterium, and tritium.
 本明細書において、化学構造式中、「R」等の記号や重水素原子を表す「D」が明示されていない結合可能位置には、水素原子、即ち、軽水素原子、重水素原子、又は三重水素原子が結合しているものとする。 In the present specification, in the chemical structural formula, at a bondable position where a symbol such as “R” or “D” representing a deuterium atom is not specified, a hydrogen atom, that is, a light hydrogen atom, a deuterium atom, or It is assumed that a tritium atom is bonded.
 本明細書において、環形成炭素数とは、原子が環状に結合した構造の化合物(例えば、単環化合物、縮合環化合物、架橋化合物、炭素環化合物、複素環化合物)の当該環自体を構成する原子のうちの炭素原子の数を表す。当該環が置換基によって置換される場合、置換基に含まれる炭素は環形成炭素数には含まない。以下で記される「環形成炭素数」については、特筆しない限り同様とする。例えば、ベンゼン環は環形成炭素数が6であり、ナフタレン環は環形成炭素数が10であり、ピリジン環は環形成炭素数5であり、フラン環は環形成炭素数4である。また例えば、9,9-ジフェニルフルオレニル基の環形成炭素数は13であり、9,9’-スピロビフルオレニル基の環形成炭素数は25である。
 また、ベンゼン環やナフタレン環に置換基として例えばアルキル基が置換している場合、当該アルキル基の炭素数は、環形成炭素数の数に含めない。
In the present specification, the number of ring-forming carbon atoms refers to the ring itself of a compound having a structure in which atoms are cyclically bonded (for example, a monocyclic compound, a fused ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, and a heterocyclic compound). Indicates the number of carbon atoms among the atoms. When the ring is substituted with a substituent, the carbon contained in the substituent is not included in the ring-forming carbon number. The "number of ring carbon atoms" described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, a benzene ring has 6 ring-forming carbons, a naphthalene ring has 10 ring-forming carbons, a pyridine ring has 5 ring-forming carbons, and a furan ring has 4 ring-forming carbons. Further, for example, the 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group has 13 ring-forming carbon atoms, and the 9,9′-spirobifluorenyl group has 25 ring-forming carbon atoms.
When a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is substituted with, for example, an alkyl group as a substituent, the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not included in the number of ring-forming carbon atoms.
 本明細書において、環形成原子数とは、原子が環状に結合した構造(例えば単環、縮合環、環集合)の化合物(例えば単環化合物、縮合環化合物、架橋化合物、炭素環化合物、複素環化合物)の当該環自体を構成する原子の数を表す。環を構成しない原子(例えば環を構成する原子の結合を終端する水素原子)や、当該環が置換基によって置換される場合の置換基に含まれる原子は環形成原子数には含まない。以下で記される「環形成原子数」については、特筆しない限り同様とする。例えば、ピリジン環の環形成原子数は6であり、キナゾリン環の環形成原子数は10であり、フラン環の環形成原子数は5である。ピリジン環やキナゾリン環の炭素原子にそれぞれ結合している水素原子や置換基を構成する原子については、環形成原子数の数に含めない。 In the present specification, the number of ring-forming atoms means a compound having a structure in which atoms are cyclically bonded (for example, a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring, a ring assembly) (for example, a monocyclic compound, a condensed ring compound, a bridged compound, a carbocyclic compound, Ring compound) represents the number of atoms constituting the ring itself. The atoms that do not form a ring (eg, hydrogen atoms that terminate the bonds of the atoms that make up the ring) and the atoms that are included in the substituent when the ring is substituted with a substituent are not included in the number of ring-forming atoms. The “number of ring-forming atoms” described below is the same unless otherwise specified. For example, the pyridine ring has 6 ring-forming atoms, the quinazoline ring has 10 ring-forming atoms, and the furan ring has 5 ring-forming atoms. A hydrogen atom bonded to a carbon atom of a pyridine ring or a quinazoline ring or an atom constituting a substituent is not included in the number of ring-forming atoms.
 本明細書において、「置換もしくは無置換の炭素数XX~YYのZZ基」という表現における「炭素数XX~YY」は、ZZ基が無置換である場合の炭素数を表すものであり、置換されている場合の置換基の炭素数は含めない。ここで、「YY」は「XX」よりも大きく、「XX」と「YY」はそれぞれ1以上の整数を意味する。 In the present specification, the “carbon number XX to YY” in the expression “substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY carbon atoms” represents the number of carbon atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted. The carbon number of the substituent in the case where it is performed is not included. Here, “YY” is larger than “XX”, and “XX” and “YY” each mean an integer of 1 or more.
 本明細書において、「置換もしくは無置換の原子数XX~YYのZZ基」という表現における「原子数XX~YY」は、ZZ基が無置換である場合の原子数を表すものであり、置換されている場合の置換基の原子数は含めない。ここで、「YY」は「XX」よりも大きく、「XX」と「YY」はそれぞれ1以上の整数を意味する。 In the present specification, “atom number XX to YY” in the expression “substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group having XX to YY atoms” means the number of atoms when the ZZ group is unsubstituted, The number of atoms of the substituent when it is included is not included. Here, “YY” is larger than “XX”, and “XX” and “YY” each mean an integer of 1 or more.
 「置換もしくは無置換のZZ基」という場合における「無置換」とはZZ基が置換基で置換されておらず、水素原子が結合していることを意味する。あるいは、「置換もしくは無置換のZZ基」という場合における「置換」とはZZ基における1つ以上の水素原子が、置換基と置き換わっていることを意味する。「AA基で置換されたBB基」という場合における「置換」も同様に、BB基における1つ以上の水素原子が、AA基と置き換わっていることを意味する。 << "Unsubstituted" in the case of "substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group" means that the ZZ group is not substituted with a substituent and a hydrogen atom is bonded. Alternatively, “substituted” in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted ZZ group” means that one or more hydrogen atoms in the ZZ group have been replaced by a substituent. Similarly, “substitution” in the case of “BB group substituted with AA group” means that one or more hydrogen atoms in BB group are replaced with AA group.
 以下、本明細書に記載の置換基について説明する。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアリール基」の環形成炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、6~50であり、好ましくは6~30、より好ましくは6~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換の複素環基」の環形成原子数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、5~50であり、好ましくは5~30、より好ましくは5~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアルキル基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、1~50であり、好ましくは1~20、より好ましくは1~6である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアルケニル基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、2~50であり、好ましくは2~20、より好ましくは2~6である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアルキニル基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、2~50であり、好ましくは2~20、より好ましくは2~6である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のシクロアルキル基」の環形成炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、3~50であり、好ましくは3~20、より好ましくは3~6である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアリーレン基」の環形成炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、6~50であり、好ましくは6~30、より好ましくは6~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換の2価の複素環基」の環形成原子数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、5~50であり、好ましくは5~30、より好ましくは5~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「無置換のアルキレン基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、1~50であり、好ましくは1~20、より好ましくは1~6である。
Hereinafter, the substituents described in the present specification will be described.
The ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted aryl group” described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. .
The number of ring-forming atoms of the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” described herein is from 5 to 50, preferably from 5 to 30, more preferably from 5 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein. is there.
The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkyl group” described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkynyl group” described in the present specification is 2 to 50, preferably 2 to 20, and more preferably 2 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
The number of ring-forming carbon atoms of the “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” described herein is 3 to 50, preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 3 to 6, unless otherwise specified in this specification. is there.
The number of ring-forming carbon atoms of the “unsubstituted arylene group” described in the present specification is 6 to 50, preferably 6 to 30, and more preferably 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. .
The number of ring-forming atoms of the “unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” described in the present specification is 5 to 50, preferably 5 to 30, and more preferably 5 unless otherwise specified in the present specification. ~ 18.
The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkylene group” described in the present specification is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 20, and more preferably 1 to 6, unless otherwise specified in the present specification.
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアリール基」の具体例(具体例群G1)としては、以下の無置換のアリール基及び置換のアリール基等が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換のアリール基とは「置換もしくは無置換のアリール基」が「無置換のアリール基」である場合を指し、置換のアリール基とは「置換もしくは無置換のアリール基」が「置換のアリール基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「アリール基」という場合は、「無置換のアリール基」と「置換のアリール基」の両方を含む。
 「置換のアリール基」は「無置換のアリール基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換のアリール基」が置換基を有する基や、置換のアリール基の例等が挙げられる。尚、ここに列挙した「無置換のアリール基」の例や「置換のアリール基」の例は一例に過ぎず、本明細書に記載の「置換のアリール基」には、「無置換のアリール基」が置換基を有する基がさらに置換基を有する基や、「置換のアリール基」がさらに置換基を有する基等も含まれる。
Specific examples (specific example group G1) of the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted aryl groups and substituted aryl groups. (Here, the unsubstituted aryl group refers to the case where the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group” is the “unsubstituted aryl group”, and the substituted aryl group is the “substituted or unsubstituted aryl group”. The term "substituted aryl group" is used below.) Hereinafter, the term "aryl group" includes both "unsubstituted aryl group" and "substituted aryl group".
The “substituted aryl group” is a case where the “unsubstituted aryl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include a group in which the following “unsubstituted aryl group” has a substituent and examples of a substituted aryl group. . Note that the examples of the “unsubstituted aryl group” and the examples of the “substituted aryl group” listed here are merely examples, and the “substituted aryl group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted aryl group”. The group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent, and the “substituted aryl group” further has a substituent.
 無置換のアリール基:
フェニル基、
p-ビフェニル基、
m-ビフェニル基、
o-ビフェニル基、
p-ターフェニル-4-イル基、
p-ターフェニル-3-イル基、
p-ターフェニル-2-イル基、
m-ターフェニル-4-イル基、
m-ターフェニル-3-イル基、
m-ターフェニル-2-イル基、
o-ターフェニル-4-イル基、
o-ターフェニル-3-イル基、
o-ターフェニル-2-イル基、
1-ナフチル基、
2-ナフチル基、
アントリル基、
ベンゾアントリル基、
フェナントリル基、
ベンゾフェナントリル基、
フェナレニル基、
ピレニル基、
クリセニル基、
ベンゾクリセニル基、
トリフェニレニル基、
ベンゾトリフェニレニル基、
テトラセニル基、
ペンタセニル基、
フルオレニル基、
9,9’-スピロビフルオレニル基、
ベンゾフルオレニル基、
ジベンゾフルオレニル基、
フルオランテニル基、
ベンゾフルオランテニル基、
ペリレニル基
Unsubstituted aryl group:
Phenyl group,
p-biphenyl group,
m-biphenyl group,
o-biphenyl group,
p-terphenyl-4-yl group,
a p-terphenyl-3-yl group,
p-terphenyl-2-yl group,
m-terphenyl-4-yl group,
m-terphenyl-3-yl group,
m-terphenyl-2-yl group,
o-terphenyl-4-yl group,
o-terphenyl-3-yl group,
o-terphenyl-2-yl group,
1-naphthyl group,
2-naphthyl group,
Anthryl group,
Benzoanthryl group,
Phenanthryl group,
Benzophenanthryl group,
Phenalenyl group,
Pyrenyl group,
A chrysenyl group,
Benzochrysenyl group,
Triphenylenyl group,
Benzotriphenylenyl group,
Tetracenyl group,
Pentacenyl group,
Fluorenyl group,
9,9′-spirobifluorenyl group,
Benzofluorenyl group,
Dibenzofluorenyl group,
A fluoranthenyl group,
Benzofluoranthenyl group,
Perylenyl group
 置換のアリール基:
o-トリル基、
m-トリル基、
p-トリル基、
パラ-キシリル基、
メタ-キシリル基、
オルト-キシリル基、
パラ-イソプロピルフェニル基、
メタ-イソプロピルフェニル基、
オルト-イソプロピルフェニル基、
パラ-t-ブチルフェニル基、
メタ-t-ブチルフェニル基、
オルト-t-ブチルフェニル基、
3,4,5-トリメチルフェニル基、
9,9-ジメチルフルオレニル基、
9,9-ジフェニルフルオレニル基、
9,9-ジ(4-メチルフェニル)フルオレニル基、
9,9-ジ(4-イソプロピルフェニル)フルオレニル基、
9,9-ジ(4-tブチルフェニル)フルオレニル基、
シアノフェニル基、
トリフェニルシリルフェニル基、
トリメチルシリルフェニル基、
フェニルナフチル基、
ナフチルフェニル基
Substituted aryl group:
o-tolyl group,
m-tolyl group,
p-tolyl group,
Para-xylyl group,
Meta-xylyl group,
Ortho-xylyl group,
Para-isopropylphenyl group,
Meta-isopropylphenyl group,
Ortho-isopropylphenyl group,
Para-t-butylphenyl group,
Meta-t-butylphenyl group,
Ortho-t-butylphenyl group,
3,4,5-trimethylphenyl group,
9,9-dimethylfluorenyl group,
9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group,
9,9-di (4-methylphenyl) fluorenyl group,
9,9-di (4-isopropylphenyl) fluorenyl group,
9,9-di (4-tbutylphenyl) fluorenyl group,
A cyanophenyl group,
Triphenylsilylphenyl group,
Trimethylsilylphenyl group,
Phenylnaphthyl group,
Naphthylphenyl group
 本明細書に記載の「複素環基」は、環形成原子にヘテロ原子を少なくとも1つ含む環状の基である。ヘテロ原子の具体例としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子、リン原子、及びホウ素原子が挙げられる。
 本明細書に記載の「複素環基」は、単環の基であっても縮合環の基であってもよい。
 本明細書に記載の「複素環基」は、芳香族複素環基であっても脂肪族複素環基であってもよい。
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換の複素環基」の具体例(具体例群G2)としては、以下の無置換の複素環基及び置換の複素環基等が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換の複素環基とは「置換もしくは無置換の複素環基」が「無置換の複素環基」である場合を指し、置換の複素環基とは「置換もしくは無置換の複素環基」が「置換の複素環基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「複素環基」という場合は、「無置換の複素環基」と「置換の複素環基」の両方を含む。
 「置換の複素環基」は「無置換の複素環基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換の複素環基」が置換基を有する基や、置換の複素環基の例等が挙げられる。尚、ここに列挙した「無置換の複素環基」の例や「置換の複素環基」の例は一例に過ぎず、本明細書に記載の「置換の複素環基」には、「無置換の複素環基」が置換基を有する基がさらに置換基を有する基や、「置換の複素環基」がさらに置換基を有する基等も含まれる。
The "heterocyclic group" described in the present specification is a cyclic group containing at least one hetero atom as a ring forming atom. Specific examples of the hetero atom include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a silicon atom, a phosphorus atom, and a boron atom.
The “heterocyclic group” described in the present specification may be a monocyclic group or a condensed ring group.
The “heterocyclic group” described in the present specification may be an aromatic heterocyclic group or an aliphatic heterocyclic group.
Specific examples of the "substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group" (specific example group G2) described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted heterocyclic groups and substituted heterocyclic groups. (Here, an unsubstituted heterocyclic group refers to a case where “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group” is an “unsubstituted heterocyclic group”, and a substituted heterocyclic group refers to “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group.” Hereinafter, the term “heterocyclic group” is a “substituted heterocyclic group”.) Hereinafter, when simply referred to as “heterocyclic group”, both “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” and “substituted heterocyclic group” are used. Including.
The “substituted heterocyclic group” is a case where the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent, and the following “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent or an example of a substituted heterocyclic group. And the like. The examples of the “unsubstituted heterocyclic group” and the examples of the “substituted heterocyclic group” are merely examples, and the “substituted heterocyclic group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted heterocyclic group”. A group in which the “substituted heterocyclic group” has a substituent further has a substituent, and a group in which the “substituted heterocyclic group” further has a substituent is also included.
 窒素原子を含む無置換の複素環基:
ピロリル基、
イミダゾリル基、
ピラゾリル基、
トリアゾリル基、
テトラゾリル基、
オキサゾリル基、
イソオキサゾリル基、
オキサジアゾリル基、
チアゾリル基、
イソチアゾリル基、
チアジアゾリル基、
ピリジル基、
ピリダジニル基、
ピリミジニル基、
ピラジニル基、
トリアジニル基、
インドリル基、
イソインドリル基、
インドリジニル基、
キノリジニル基、
キノリル基、
イソキノリル基、
シンノリル基、
フタラジニル基、
キナゾリニル基、
キノキサリニル基、
ベンゾイミダゾリル基、
インダゾリル基、
フェナントロリニル基、
フェナントリジニル基、
アクリジニル基、
フェナジニル基、
カルバゾリル基、
ベンゾカルバゾリル基、
モルホリノ基、
フェノキサジニル基、
フェノチアジニル基、
アザカルバゾリル基、
ジアザカルバゾリル基
Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing nitrogen atom:
A pyrrolyl group,
Imidazolyl group,
Pyrazolyl group,
Triazolyl group,
Tetrazolyl group,
An oxazolyl group,
Isoxazolyl group,
An oxadiazolyl group,
Thiazolyl group,
An isothiazolyl group,
Thiadiazolyl group,
Pyridyl group,
A pyridazinyl group,
Pyrimidinyl group,
Pyrazinyl group,
Triazinyl group,
Indolyl group,
Isoindolyl group,
An indolizinyl group,
Quinolizinyl group,
Quinolyl group,
An isoquinolyl group,
Cinnolyl group,
Phthalazinyl group,
Quinazolinyl group,
Quinoxalinyl group,
Benzimidazolyl group,
Indazolyl group,
A phenanthrolinyl group,
Phenanthridinyl group,
Acridinyl group,
Phenazinyl group,
Carbazolyl group,
Benzocarbazolyl group,
Morpholino group,
Phenoxazinyl group,
Phenothiazinyl group,
Azacarbazolyl group,
Diazacarbazolyl group
 酸素原子を含む無置換の複素環基:
フリル基、
オキサゾリル基、
イソオキサゾリル基、
オキサジアゾリル基、
キサンテニル基、
ベンゾフラニル基、
イソベンゾフラニル基、
ジベンゾフラニル基、
ナフトベンゾフラニル基、
ベンゾオキサゾリル基、
ベンゾイソキサゾリル基、
フェノキサジニル基、
モルホリノ基、
ジナフトフラニル基、
アザジベンゾフラニル基、
ジアザジベンゾフラニル基、
アザナフトベンゾフラニル基、
ジアザナフトベンゾフラニル基
Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing oxygen atom:
Frill group,
An oxazolyl group,
Isoxazolyl group,
An oxadiazolyl group,
Xanthenyl group,
Benzofuranyl group,
An isobenzofuranyl group,
Dibenzofuranyl group,
Naphthobenzofuranyl group,
Benzoxazolyl group,
Benzoisoxazolyl group,
Phenoxazinyl group,
Morpholino group,
Dinaphthofuranyl group,
Azadibenzofuranyl group,
Diazadibenzofuranyl group,
Azanaphthobenzofuranyl group,
Diazanaphthobenzofuranyl group
 硫黄原子を含む無置換の複素環基:
チエニル基、
チアゾリル基、
イソチアゾリル基、
チアジアゾリル基、
ベンゾチオフェニル基、
イソベンゾチオフェニル基、
ジベンゾチオフェニル基、
ナフトベンゾチオフェニル基、
ベンゾチアゾリル基、
ベンゾイソチアゾリル基、
フェノチアジニル基、
ジナフトチオフェニル基、
アザジベンゾチオフェニル基、
ジアザジベンゾチオフェニル基、
アザナフトベンゾチオフェニル基、
ジアザナフトベンゾチオフェニル基
Unsubstituted heterocyclic group containing a sulfur atom:
Thienyl group,
Thiazolyl group,
An isothiazolyl group,
Thiadiazolyl group,
Benzothiophenyl group,
Isobenzothiophenyl group,
Dibenzothiophenyl group,
Naphthobenzothiophenyl group,
Benzothiazolyl group,
Benzoisothiazolyl group,
Phenothiazinyl group,
A dinaphthothiophenyl group,
Azadibenzothiophenyl group,
Diazadibenzothiophenyl group,
Azanaphthobenzothiophenyl group,
Diazanaphthobenzothiophenyl group
 窒素原子を含む置換の複素環基:
(9-フェニル)カルバゾリル基、
(9-ビフェニリル)カルバゾリル基、
(9-フェニル)フェニルカルバゾリル基、
(9-ナフチル)カルバゾリル基、
ジフェニルカルバゾール-9-イル基、
フェニルカルバゾール-9-イル基、
メチルベンゾイミダゾリル基、
エチルベンゾイミダゾリル基、
フェニルトリアジニル基、
ビフェニリルトリアジニル基、
ジフェニルトリアジニル基、
フェニルキナゾリニル基、
ビフェニリルキナゾリニル基
A substituted heterocyclic group containing a nitrogen atom:
(9-phenyl) carbazolyl group,
(9-biphenylyl) carbazolyl group,
(9-phenyl) phenylcarbazolyl group,
(9-naphthyl) carbazolyl group,
A diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
A phenylcarbazol-9-yl group,
A methylbenzimidazolyl group,
Ethyl benzimidazolyl group,
Phenyltriazinyl group,
Biphenylyltriazinyl group,
Diphenyltriazinyl group,
Phenylquinazolinyl group,
Biphenylylquinazolinyl group
 酸素原子を含む置換の複素環基:
フェニルジベンゾフラニル基、
メチルジベンゾフラニル基、
t-ブチルジベンゾフラニル基、
スピロ[9H-キサンテン-9,9’-[9H]フルオレン]の1価の残基
A substituted heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom:
Phenyldibenzofuranyl group,
Methyldibenzofuranyl group,
t-butyldibenzofuranyl group,
Monovalent residue of spiro [9H-xanthene-9,9 '-[9H] fluorene]
 硫黄原子を含む置換の複素環基:
フェニルジベンゾチオフェニル基、
メチルジベンゾチオフェニル基、
t-ブチルジベンゾチオフェニル基、
スピロ[9H-チオキサンテン-9,9’-[9H]フルオレン]の1価の残基
Substituted heterocyclic groups containing a sulfur atom:
Phenyldibenzothiophenyl group,
A methyldibenzothiophenyl group,
t-butyldibenzothiophenyl group,
Monovalent residue of spiro [9H-thioxanthene-9,9 '-[9H] fluorene]
 窒素原子、酸素原子、及び硫黄原子のうち少なくとも1つを含む下記無置換の複素環の環形成原子に結合した1つの水素原子を除くことにより誘導される1価の基、及び下記無置換の複素環の環形成原子に結合した1つの水素原子を除くことにより誘導される1価の基が置換基を有する基:  A monovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a ring-forming atom of the following unsubstituted heterocycle containing at least one of a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, and a sulfur atom, and the following unsubstituted A group in which a monovalent group derived by removing one hydrogen atom bonded to a ring-forming atom of a heterocycle has a substituent:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(XY-1)~(XY-18)において、X及びYは、それぞれ独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、NH、CHである。ただし、X及びYのうち少なくとも1つは酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はNHである。
 上記式(XY-1)~(XY-18)で表される複素環は、任意の位置で結合を有して1価の複素環基となる。
 上記式(XY-1)~(XY-18)で表される無置換の複素環から誘導される1価の基が置換基を有するとは、これらの式中の骨格を構成する炭素原子に結合した水素原子が置換基に置き換わっている場合、あるいは、XやYがNHもしくはCHであり、これらNHもしくはCHにおける水素原子が、置換基と置き換わっている状態を指す。
In the formulas (XY-1) to (XY-18), X A and Y A are each independently an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, NH, or CH 2 . However, at least one of X A and Y A is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NH.
The heterocyclic ring represented by the above formulas (XY-1) to (XY-18) has a bond at an arbitrary position to be a monovalent heterocyclic group.
The monovalent group derived from the unsubstituted heterocyclic ring represented by the above formulas (XY-1) to (XY-18) has a substituent when the carbon atom constituting the skeleton in these formulas is when bonded hydrogen atoms is replaced by a substituent, or, X a and Y a is NH or CH 2, hydrogen atoms in these NH or CH 2 may refer to a state in which is replaced by a substituent.
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基」の具体例(具体例群G3)としては、以下の無置換のアルキル基及び置換のアルキル基が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換のアルキル基とは「置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基」が「無置換のアルキル基」である場合を指し、置換のアルキル基とは「置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基」が「置換のアルキル基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「アルキル基」という場合は、「無置換のアルキル基」と「置換のアルキル基」の両方を含む。
 「置換のアルキル基」は「無置換のアルキル基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換のアルキル基」が置換基を有する基や、置換のアルキル基の例等が挙げられる。尚、ここに列挙した「無置換のアルキル基」の例や「置換のアルキル基」の例は一例に過ぎず、本明細書に記載の「置換のアルキル基」には、「無置換のアルキル基」が置換基を有する基がさらに置換基を有する基や、「置換のアルキル基」がさらに置換基を有する基等も含まれる。
Specific examples (specific example group G3) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkyl groups and substituted alkyl groups. (Here, the unsubstituted alkyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkyl group”, and the substituted alkyl group refers to a “substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group” Hereinafter, the term “substituted alkyl group” is referred to.) Hereinafter, the term “alkyl group” includes both “unsubstituted alkyl group” and “substituted alkyl group”.
The “substituted alkyl group” is a case where the “unsubstituted alkyl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include a group in which the following “unsubstituted alkyl group” has a substituent and examples of a substituted alkyl group. . The examples of the “unsubstituted alkyl group” and the examples of the “substituted alkyl group” listed here are merely examples, and the “substituted alkyl group” described in this specification includes “unsubstituted alkyl group”. The group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent, and the “substituted alkyl group” further has a substituent.
 無置換のアルキル基:
メチル基、
エチル基、
n-プロピル基、
イソプロピル基、
n-ブチル基、
イソブチル基、
s-ブチル基、
t-ブチル基
Unsubstituted alkyl group:
Methyl group,
Ethyl group,
n-propyl group,
Isopropyl group,
n-butyl group,
Isobutyl group,
s-butyl group,
t-butyl group
 置換のアルキル基:
ヘプタフルオロプロピル基(異性体を含む)、
ペンタフルオロエチル基、
2,2,2-トリフルオロエチル基、
トリフルオロメチル基
Substituted alkyl group:
Heptafluoropropyl group (including isomers),
Pentafluoroethyl group,
2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group,
Trifluoromethyl group
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアルケニル基」の具体例(具体例群G4)としては、以下の無置換のアルケニル基及び置換のアルケニル基等が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換のアルケニル基とは「置換もしくは無置換のアルケニル基」が「無置換のアルケニル基」である場合を指し、「置換のアルケニル基」とは「置換もしくは無置換のアルケニル基」が「置換のアルケニル基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「アルケニル基」という場合は、「無置換のアルケニル基」と「置換のアルケニル基」の両方を含む。
 「置換のアルケニル基」は「無置換のアルケニル基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換のアルケニル基」が置換基を有する基や、置換のアルケニル基の例等が挙げられる。尚、ここに列挙した「無置換のアルケニル基」の例や「置換のアルケニル基」の例は一例に過ぎず、本明細書に記載の「置換のアルケニル基」には、「無置換のアルケニル基」が置換基を有する基がさらに置換基を有する基や、「置換のアルケニル基」がさらに置換基を有する基等も含まれる。
Specific examples (specific example group G4) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkenyl groups and substituted alkenyl groups. (Here, the unsubstituted alkenyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkenyl group”, and the “substituted alkenyl group” refers to a “substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group.” Is a "substituted alkenyl group".) Hereinafter, the term "alkenyl group" includes both "unsubstituted alkenyl group" and "substituted alkenyl group".
The `` substituted alkenyl group '' is a case where the `` unsubstituted alkenyl group '' has a substituent, and examples of the following `` unsubstituted alkenyl group '' include a group having a substituent and a substituted alkenyl group. . Note that the examples of the “unsubstituted alkenyl group” and the examples of the “substituted alkenyl group” are merely examples, and the “substituted alkenyl group” described in the present specification includes “unsubstituted alkenyl group”. The group in which the “group” has a substituent further has a substituent, and the “substituted alkenyl group” further has a substituent.
 無置換のアルケニル基及び置換のアルケニル基:
ビニル基、
アリル基、
1-ブテニル基、
2-ブテニル基、
3-ブテニル基、
1,3-ブタンジエニル基、
1-メチルビニル基、
1-メチルアリル基、
1,1-ジメチルアリル基、
2-メチルアリル基、
1,2-ジメチルアリル基
Unsubstituted alkenyl group and substituted alkenyl group:
Vinyl group,
Allyl group,
1-butenyl group,
2-butenyl group,
A 3-butenyl group,
1,3-butanedienyl group,
1-methylvinyl group,
1-methylallyl group,
1,1-dimethylallyl group,
2-methylallyl group,
1,2-dimethylallyl group
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアルキニル基」の具体例(具体例群G5)としては、以下の無置換のアルキニル基等が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換のアルキニル基とは、「置換もしくは無置換のアルキニル基」が「無置換のアルキニル基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「アルキニル基」という場合は、「無置換のアルキニル基」と「置換のアルキニル基」の両方を含む。
 「置換のアルキニル基」は「無置換のアルキニル基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換のアルキニル基」が置換基を有する基等が挙げられる。
Specific examples (specific example group G5) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted alkynyl groups. (Here, the unsubstituted alkynyl group refers to a case where the “substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group” is an “unsubstituted alkynyl group”.) Hereinafter, when simply referred to as “alkynyl group”, Alkynyl group "and" substituted alkynyl group ".
The “substituted alkynyl group” is a case where the “unsubstituted alkynyl group” has a substituent, and examples thereof include the following “unsubstituted alkynyl group” having a substituent.
 無置換のアルキニル基:
エチニル基
Unsubstituted alkynyl group:
Ethynyl group
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルキル基」の具体例(具体例群G6)としては、以下の無置換のシクロアルキル基及び置換のシクロアルキル基等が挙げられる。(ここで、無置換のシクロアルキル基とは「置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルキル基」が「無置換のシクロアルキル基」である場合を指し、置換のシクロアルキル基とは「置換もしくは無置換のシクロアルキル基」が「置換のシクロアルキル基」である場合を指す。)以下、単に「シクロアルキル基」という場合は、「無置換のシクロアルキル基」と「置換のシクロアルキル基」の両方を含む。
 「置換のシクロアルキル基」は「無置換のシクロアルキル基」が置換基を有する場合であり、下記の「無置換のシクロアルキル基」が置換基を有する基や、置換のシクロアルキル基の例等が挙げられる。尚、ここに列挙した「無置換のシクロアルキル基」の例や「置換のシクロアルキル基」の例は一例に過ぎず、本明細書に記載の「置換のシクロアルキル基」には、「無置換のシクロアルキル基」が置換基を有する基がさらに置換基を有する基や、「置換のシクロアルキル基」がさらに置換基を有する基等も含まれる。
Specific examples (specific example group G6) of the “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” described in the present specification include the following unsubstituted cycloalkyl groups and substituted cycloalkyl groups. (Here, the unsubstituted cycloalkyl group refers to the case where the “substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” is an “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group”, and the substituted cycloalkyl group is the “substituted or unsubstituted The term "cycloalkyl group" means a "substituted cycloalkyl group".) Hereinafter, when simply referring to "cycloalkyl group", both "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" and "substituted cycloalkyl group" are referred to. Including.
"Substituted cycloalkyl group" is a case where "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" has a substituent, and examples of the following "unsubstituted cycloalkyl group" have a substituent and substituted cycloalkyl groups. And the like. It should be noted that the examples of the “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group” and the examples of the “substituted cycloalkyl group” are merely examples, and the “substituted cycloalkyl group” described in this specification includes “unsubstituted cycloalkyl group”. A group in which the “substituted cycloalkyl group” further has a substituent, a group in which the “substituted cycloalkyl group” further has a substituent, and the like are also included.
 無置換の脂肪族環基:
シクロプロピル基、
シクロブチル基、
シクロペンチル基、
シクロヘキシル基、
1-アダマンチル基、
2-アダマンチル基、
1-ノルボルニル基、
2-ノルボルニル基
Unsubstituted aliphatic ring group:
Cyclopropyl group,
Cyclobutyl group,
Cyclopentyl group,
Cyclohexyl group,
A 1-adamantyl group,
A 2-adamantyl group,
1-norbornyl group,
2-norbornyl group
 置換のシクロアルキル基:
4-メチルシクロヘキシル基
Substituted cycloalkyl group:
4-methylcyclohexyl group
 本明細書に記載の-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)で表される基の具体例(具体例群G7)としては、
-Si(G1)(G1)(G1)、
-Si(G1)(G2)(G2)、
-Si(G1)(G1)(G2)、
-Si(G2)(G2)(G2)、
-Si(G3)(G3)(G3)、
-Si(G5)(G5)(G5)、
-Si(G6)(G6)(G6)
が挙げられる。
 ここで、
 G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。
 G2は具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」である。
 G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。
 G5は具体例群G5に記載の「アルキニル基」である。
 G6は具体例群G6に記載の「シクロアルキル基」である。
Specific examples of the group represented by —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ) described in the present specification (specific example group G7) include:
-Si (G1) (G1) (G1),
-Si (G1) (G2) (G2),
-Si (G1) (G1) (G2),
-Si (G2) (G2) (G2),
-Si (G3) (G3) (G3),
-Si (G5) (G5) (G5),
-Si (G6) (G6) (G6)
Is mentioned.
here,
G1 is an "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.
G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
G5 is the “alkynyl group” described in Specific Example Group G5.
G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
 本明細書に記載の-O-(R904)で表される基の具体例(具体例群G8)としては、
-O(G1)、
-O(G2)、
-O(G3)、
-O(G6)
が挙げられる。
 ここで、
 G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。
 G2は具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」である。
 G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。
 G6は具体例群G6に記載の「シクロアルキル基」である。
Specific examples of the group represented by —O— (R 904 ) described in the present specification (specific example group G8) include
-O (G1),
-O (G2),
-O (G3),
-O (G6)
Is mentioned.
here,
G1 is an "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.
G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
 本明細書に記載の-S-(R905)で表される基の具体例(具体例群G9)としては、
-S(G1)、
-S(G2)、
-S(G3)、
-S(G6)
が挙げられる。
 ここで、
 G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。
 G2は具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」である。
 G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。
 G6は具体例群G6に記載の「シクロアルキル基」である。
Specific examples of the group represented by -S- (R 905 ) described in the present specification (specific example group G9) include
-S (G1),
-S (G2),
-S (G3),
-S (G6)
Is mentioned.
here,
G1 is an "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.
G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
 本明細書に記載の-N(R906)(R907)で表される基の具体例(具体例群G10)としては、
-N(G1)(G1)、
-N(G2)(G2)、
-N(G1)(G2)、
-N(G3)(G3)、
-N(G6)(G6)
が挙げられる。
 ここで、
 G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。
 G2は具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」である。
 G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。
 G6は具体例群G6に記載の「シクロアルキル基」である。
Specific examples of the group represented by -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) (specific example group G10) described in the present specification include:
-N (G1) (G1),
-N (G2) (G2),
-N (G1) (G2),
-N (G3) (G3),
-N (G6) (G6)
Is mentioned.
here,
G1 is an "aryl group" described in Specific Example Group G1.
G2 is the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
G3 is the “alkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G3.
G6 is the “cycloalkyl group” described in Specific Example Group G6.
 本明細書に記載の「ハロゲン原子」の具体例(具体例群G11)としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。 具体 Specific examples (specific example group G11) of the “halogen atom” described in this specification include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 本明細書に記載の「アルコキシ基」の具体例としては、-O(G3)で表される基であり、ここで、G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。「無置換のアルコキシ基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、1~50であり、好ましくは1~30、より好ましくは1~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「アルキルチオ基」の具体例としては、-S(G3)で表される基であり、ここで、G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」である。「無置換のアルキルチオ基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、1~50であり、好ましくは1~30、より好ましくは1~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「アリールオキシ基」の具体例としては、-O(G1)で表される基であり、ここで、G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。「無置換のアリールオキシ基」の環形成炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、6~50であり、好ましくは6~30、より好ましくは6~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「アリールチオ基」の具体例としては、-S(G1)で表される基であり、ここで、G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。「無置換のアリールチオ基」の環形成炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、6~50であり、好ましくは6~30、より好ましくは6~18である。
 本明細書に記載の「アラルキル基」の具体例としては、-(G3)-(G1)で表される基であり、ここで、G3は具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」であり、G1は具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」である。従って、「アラルキル基」は、「アリール基」が置換した、「置換のアルキル基」の一実施形態である。「無置換のアリール基」が置換した「無置換のアルキル基」である「無置換のアラルキル基」の炭素数は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、7~50であり、好ましくは7~30、より好ましくは7~18である。
 「アラルキル基」の具体例としては、例えば、ベンジル基、1-フェニルエチル基、2-フェニルエチル基、1-フェニルイソプロピル基、2-フェニルイソプロピル基、フェニル-t-ブチル基、α-ナフチルメチル基、1-α-ナフチルエチル基、2-α-ナフチルエチル基、1-α-ナフチルイソプロピル基、2-α-ナフチルイソプロピル基、β-ナフチルメチル基、1-β-ナフチルエチル基、2-β-ナフチルエチル基、1-β-ナフチルイソプロピル基、2-β-ナフチルイソプロピル基等が挙げられる。
A specific example of the “alkoxy group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —O (G3), where G3 is an “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkoxy group” is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
A specific example of the “alkylthio group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —S (G3), where G3 is the “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3. The carbon number of the “unsubstituted alkylthio group” is 1 to 50, preferably 1 to 30, and more preferably 1 to 18, unless otherwise specified in this specification.
A specific example of the “aryloxy group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —O (G1), where G1 is the “aryl group” described in the specific example group G1. The ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted aryloxy group” is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.
A specific example of the “arylthio group” described in the present specification is a group represented by —S (G1), where G1 is the “aryl group” described in the specific example group G1. The ring-forming carbon number of the “unsubstituted arylthio group” is from 6 to 50, preferably from 6 to 30, and more preferably from 6 to 18, unless otherwise specified herein.
A specific example of the “aralkyl group” described in the present specification is a group represented by — (G3) — (G1), wherein G3 is an “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3. , G1 is the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1. Thus, an “aralkyl group” is an embodiment of a “substituted alkyl group” substituted with an “aryl group”. The carbon number of the “unsubstituted aralkyl group” which is the “unsubstituted alkyl group” substituted by the “unsubstituted aryl group” is 7 to 50, preferably 7 unless otherwise specified in the present specification. -30, more preferably 7-18.
Specific examples of the “aralkyl group” include, for example, benzyl group, 1-phenylethyl group, 2-phenylethyl group, 1-phenylisopropyl group, 2-phenylisopropyl group, phenyl-t-butyl group, α-naphthylmethyl Group, 1-α-naphthylethyl group, 2-α-naphthylethyl group, 1-α-naphthylisopropyl group, 2-α-naphthylisopropyl group, β-naphthylmethyl group, 1-β-naphthylethyl group, 2- β-naphthylethyl group, 1-β-naphthylisopropyl group, 2-β-naphthylisopropyl group and the like.
 本明細書に記載の置換もしくは無置換のアリール基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、好ましくはフェニル基、p-ビフェニル基、m-ビフェニル基、o-ビフェニル基、p-ターフェニル-4-イル基、p-ターフェニル-3-イル基、p-ターフェニル-2-イル基、m-ターフェニル-4-イル基、m-ターフェニル-3-イル基、m-ターフェニル-2-イル基、o-ターフェニル-4-イル基、o-ターフェニル-3-イル基、o-ターフェニル-2-イル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、アントリル基、フェナントリル基、ピレニル基、クリセニル基、トリフェニレニル基、フルオレニル基、9,9’-スピロビフルオレニル基、9,9-ジフェニルフルオレニル基等である。 Unless otherwise specified, the substituted or unsubstituted aryl group described in the present specification is preferably a phenyl group, a p-biphenyl group, an m-biphenyl group, an o-biphenyl group, a p-terphenyl- 4-yl group, p-terphenyl-3-yl group, p-terphenyl-2-yl group, m-terphenyl-4-yl group, m-terphenyl-3-yl group, m-terphenyl- 2-yl group, o-terphenyl-4-yl group, o-terphenyl-3-yl group, o-terphenyl-2-yl group, 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, anthryl group, phenanthryl group , A pyrenyl group, a chrysenyl group, a triphenylenyl group, a fluorenyl group, a 9,9'-spirobifluorenyl group, a 9,9-diphenylfluorenyl group and the like.
 本明細書に記載の置換もしくは無置換の複素環基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、好ましくはピリジル基、ピリミジニル基、トリアジニル基、キノリル基、イソキノリル基、キナゾリニル基、ベンゾイミダゾリル基、フェナントロリニル基、カルバゾリル基(1-カルバゾリル基、2-カルバゾリル基、3-カルバゾリル基、4-カルバゾリル基、9-カルバゾリル基)、ベンゾカルバゾリル基、アザカルバゾリル基、ジアザカルバゾリル基、ジベンゾフラニル基、ナフトベンゾフラニル基、アザジベンゾフラニル基、ジアザジベンゾフラニル基、ジベンゾチオフェニル基、ナフトベンゾチオフェニル基、アザジベンゾチオフェニル基、ジアザジベンゾチオフェニル基、(9-フェニル)カルバゾリル基((9-フェニル)カルバゾール-1-イル基、(9-フェニル)カルバゾール-2-イル基、(9-フェニル)カルバゾール-3-イル基、又は(9-フェニル)カルバゾール-4-イル基)、(9-ビフェニリル)カルバゾリル基、(9-フェニル)フェニルカルバゾリル基、ジフェニルカルバゾール-9-イル基、フェニルカルバゾール-9-イル基、フェニルトリアジニル基、ビフェニリルトリアジニル基、ジフェニルトリアジニル基、フェニルジベンゾフラニル基、フェニルジベンゾチオフェニル基、インドロカルバゾリル基、ピラジニル基、ピリダジニル基、キナゾリニル基、シンノリニル基、フタラジニル基、キノキサリニル基、ピロリル基、インドリル基、ピロロ[3,2,1-jk]カルバゾリル基、フラニル基、ベンゾフラニル基、チオフェニル基、ベンゾチオフェニル基、ピラゾリル基、イミダゾリル基、ベンズイミダゾリル基、トリアゾリル基、オキサゾリル基、ベンズオキサゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ベンゾチアゾリル基、イソチアゾリル基、ベンズイソチアゾリル基、チアジアゾリル基、イソオキサゾリル基、ベンズイソオキサゾリル基、ピロリジニル基、ピぺリジニル基、ピぺラジニル基、イミダゾリジニル基、インドロ[3,2,1-jk]カルバゾリル基、ジベンゾチオフェニル基等である。 The substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably a pyridyl group, a pyrimidinyl group, a triazinyl group, a quinolyl group, an isoquinolyl group, a quinazolinyl group, a benzimidazolyl group, unless otherwise specified in the present specification. Nanthrolinyl group, carbazolyl group (1-carbazolyl group, 2-carbazolyl group, 3-carbazolyl group, 4-carbazolyl group, 9-carbazolyl group), benzocarbazolyl group, azacarbazolyl group, diazacarbazolyl group, Dibenzofuranyl group, naphthobenzofuranyl group, azadibenzofuranyl group, diazadibenzofuranyl group, dibenzothiophenyl group, naphthobenzothiophenyl group, azadibenzothiophenyl group, diazadibenzothiophenyl group, (9 -Phenyl) carbazolyl group ((9-phenyl) carbazolyl -1-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazol-2-yl group, (9-phenyl) carbazol-3-yl group, or (9-phenyl) carbazol-4-yl group), (9-biphenylyl) carbazolyl Group, (9-phenyl) phenylcarbazolyl group, diphenylcarbazol-9-yl group, phenylcarbazol-9-yl group, phenyltriazinyl group, biphenylyltriazinyl group, diphenyltriazinyl group, phenyldibenzofura Nyl, phenyldibenzothiophenyl, indolocarbazolyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl, phthalazinyl, quinoxalinyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, pyrrolo [3,2,1-jk] Carbazolyl group, furanyl group, benzofuranyl group, thiophenyl group, Benzothiophenyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, triazolyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzothiazolyl, isothiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl And a pyridinyl group, a piperidinyl group, a piperazinyl group, an imidazolidinyl group, an indolo [3,2,1-jk] carbazolyl group, a dibenzothiophenyl group, and the like.
 上記ジベンゾフラニル基及びジベンゾチオフェニル基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、具体的には以下のいずれかの基である。 The above-mentioned dibenzofuranyl group and dibenzothiophenyl group are specifically any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in this specification.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 式(XY-76)~(XY-79)中、Xは、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。 In the formulas (XY-76) to (XY-79), X B is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 本明細書に記載の置換もしくは無置換のアルキル基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、好ましくはメチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、t-ブチル基等である。 Unless otherwise specified, the substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group described in the present specification is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, a t-butyl group. And the like.
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基」は、別途記載のない限り、上記「アリール基」を2価にした基をいう。「置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基」の具体例(具体例群G12)としては、具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」を2価にした基等が挙げられる。すなわち、「置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基」の具体例(具体例群G12)としては、具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」の環形成炭素に結合している1つの水素を除いた基である。 Unless otherwise specified, the “substituted or unsubstituted arylene group” described in the present specification means a divalent group of the above “aryl group”. Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted arylene group” (specific example group G12) include a divalent group of the “aryl group” described in specific example group G1. That is, as a specific example (specific group G12) of the "substituted or unsubstituted arylene group", a group excluding one hydrogen bonded to the ring-forming carbon of the "aryl group" described in the specific group G1. Is.
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換の2価の複素環基」の具体例(具体例群G13)としては、具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」を2価にした基等が挙げられる。すなわち、「置換もしくは無置換の2価の複素環基」の具体例(具体例群G13)としては、具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」の環形成原子に結合している1つの水素を除いた基である。 Specific examples (specific example group G13) of the “substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” described in the present specification include groups obtained by divalently converting the “heterocyclic group” described in the specific example group G2. Is mentioned. That is, specific examples (specific example group G13) of the “substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group” include one of the “heterocyclic groups” bonded to the ring-forming atom of the “heterocyclic group” described in the specific example group G2. It is a group excluding hydrogen.
 本明細書に記載の「置換もしくは無置換のアルキレン基」の具体例(具体例群G14)としては、具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」を2価にした基等が挙げられる。すなわち、「置換もしくは無置換のアルキレン基」の具体例(具体例群G14)としては、具体例群G3に記載の「アルキル基」のアルカン構造を形成する炭素に結合している1つの水素を除いた基である。 具体 As a specific example (specific example group G14) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group” described in the present specification, a group in which the “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3 is divalent is exemplified. That is, as a specific example (specific example group G14) of the “substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group”, one hydrogen bonded to the carbon forming the alkane structure of the “alkyl group” described in the specific example group G3 Excluded groups.
 本明細書に記載の置換もしくは無置換のアリーレン基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、好ましくは以下いずれかの基である。 置換 The substituted or unsubstituted arylene group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 式(XY-20)~(XY-29)、(XY-83)及び(XY-84)中、R908は、置換基である。
 m901は、0~4の整数であり、m901が2以上のとき、複数存在するR908は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
In the formulas (XY-20) to (XY-29), (XY-83) and (XY-84), R 908 is a substituent.
m901 is 0 to a 4 integer, when m901 represents 2 or more, to R 908 of existing in plural numbers may be the same as each other or may be different.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
 式(XY-30)~(XY-40)中、R909は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換基である。2個のR909は、単結合を介して互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In the formulas (XY-30) to (XY-40), R 909 is each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Two R 909 may be bonded to each other via a single bond to form a ring.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 式(XY-41)~(XY-46)中、R910は、置換基である。
 m902は0~6の整数である。m902が2以上のとき、複数存在するR910は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
In formulas (XY-41) to (XY-46), R 910 is a substituent.
m902 is an integer of 0 to 6. When m902 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 910 may be the same as or different from each other.
 本明細書に記載の置換もしくは無置換の2価の複素環基は、本明細書に別途記載のない限り、好ましくは以下いずれかの基である。 置換 The substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group described in the present specification is preferably any one of the following groups unless otherwise described in the present specification.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 式(XY-50)~(XY-60)中、R911は、水素原子、又は置換基である。 In the formulas (XY-50) to (XY-60), R 911 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記式(XY-65)~(XY-75)中、Xは、酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。 In the formula (XY-65) ~ (XY -75), X B is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
 本明細書において、「隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する」場合について、母骨格がアントラセン環である下記式(XY-80)で表されるアントラセン化合物の場合を例として説明する。 In the present specification, the following formula (where the parent skeleton is an anthracene ring) in the case where “one or more pairs of adjacent two or more bind to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring” XY-80) will be described as an example.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 例えば、R921~R930のうちの「隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、環を形成する」場合の1組となる隣接する2つとは、R921とR922、R922とR923、R923とR924、R924とR930、R930とR925、R925とR926、R926とR927、R927とR928、R928とR929、及びR929とR921である。 For example, among R 921 to R 930 , “adjacent two which form a ring when one or more adjacent two or more are bonded to each other to form a ring” includes R 921 and R 922 , R 922 and R 923, R 923 and R 924, R 924 and R 930, R 930 and R 925, R 925 and R 926, R 926 and R 927, R 927 and R 928, R 928 and R 929, and R 929 and R 921 .
 上記「1組以上」とは、上記隣接する2つの2組以上が同時に環を形成してもよいことを意味する。例えば、R921とR922とが互いに結合して環Aを形成し、同時にR925とR926とが互いに結合して環Bを形成した場合は、下記式(XY-81)で表される。 The “one or more sets” means that two or more adjacent two sets may form a ring at the same time. For example, when R 921 and R 922 combine with each other to form ring A, and at the same time, R 925 and R 926 combine with each other to form ring B, the compound is represented by the following formula (XY-81) .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 「隣接する2つ以上」が環を形成する場合とは、例えば、R921とR922とが互いに結合して環Aを形成し、R922とR923とが互いに結合して環Cを形成し、R921~R923の互いに隣接する3つでアントラセン母骨格に縮合する、R922を共有する環A及び環Cを形成した場合は、下記式(XY-82)で表される。 “When two or more adjacent groups form a ring”, for example, R 921 and R 922 combine with each other to form ring A, and R 922 and R 923 combine with each other to form ring C In the case where three adjacent R 921 to R 923 are fused to the anthracene mother skeleton to form a ring A and a ring C sharing R 922 , they are represented by the following formula (XY-82).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 上記式(XY-81)及び(XY-82)において形成された環A~Cは、飽和又は不飽和の環である。
 「不飽和の環」とは、芳香族炭化水素環又は芳香族複素環を意味する。「飽和の環」とは、脂肪族炭化水素環又は脂肪族複素環を意味する。
 例えば、上記式(XY-81)に示す、R921とR922が互いに結合して形成された環Aは、R921が結合するアントラセン骨格の炭素原子と、R922が結合するアントラセン骨格の炭素原子と、1以上の任意の元素とで形成する環を意味する。具体例としては、R921とR922で環Aを形成する場合において、R921が結合するアントラセン骨格の炭素原子と、R922が結合するアントラセン骨格の炭素原子と、4つの炭素原子とで不飽和の環を形成する場合、R921とR922とで形成する環はベンゼン環となる。また、飽和の環を形成する場合には、シクロヘキサン環となる。
The rings A to C formed in the above formulas (XY-81) and (XY-82) are saturated or unsaturated rings.
“Unsaturated ring” means an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. “Saturated ring” means an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring or an aliphatic heterocyclic ring.
For example, in Formula (XY-81), a ring A formed by bonding R 921 and R 922 to each other has a carbon atom of an anthracene skeleton to which R 921 is bonded and a carbon atom of an anthracene skeleton to which R 922 is bonded. A ring formed by atoms and one or more optional elements is meant. As a specific example, when a ring A is formed by R 921 and R 922 , the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R 921 is bonded, the carbon atom of the anthracene skeleton to which R 922 is bonded, and four carbon atoms are different. When forming a saturated ring, the ring formed by R 921 and R 922 is a benzene ring. When a saturated ring is formed, the ring is a cyclohexane ring.
 ここで、「任意の元素」は、好ましくは、C元素、N元素、O元素、S元素である。任意の元素において(例えばC元素又はN元素の場合)、環形成に関与しない結合は、水素原子等で終端されてもよいし、任意の置換基で置換されてもよい。C元素以外の任意の元素を含む場合、形成される環は複素環となる。
 飽和又は不飽和の環を構成する「1以上の任意の元素」は、好ましくは2個以上15個以下、より好ましくは3個以上12個以下、さらに好ましくは、3個以上5個以下である。
Here, the “arbitrary element” is preferably a C element, an N element, an O element, or an S element. In any element (for example, in the case of the C element or the N element), a bond that does not participate in ring formation may be terminated with a hydrogen atom or the like, or may be substituted with an arbitrary substituent. When any element other than the C element is included, the formed ring is a heterocyclic ring.
“One or more optional elements” constituting a saturated or unsaturated ring is preferably 2 or more and 15 or less, more preferably 3 or more and 12 or less, and still more preferably 3 or more and 5 or less. .
 芳香族炭化水素環の具体例としては、具体例群G1において具体例として挙げられたアリール基が、水素原子で終端された構造が挙げられる。
 芳香族複素環の具体例としては、具体例群G2において具体例として挙げられた芳香族複素環基が、水素原子で終端された構造が挙げられる。
 脂肪族炭化水素環の具体例としては、具体例群G6において具体例として挙げられたシクロアルキル基が、水素原子で終端された構造が挙げられる。
 上記の「飽和又は不飽和の環」が置換基を有する場合の置換基は、例えば後述する「任意の置換基」である。上記の「飽和又は不飽和の環」が置換基を有する場合の置換基の具体例は、上述した「本明細書に記載の置換基」の項で説明した置換基である。
As a specific example of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring, a structure in which the aryl group mentioned as a specific example in the specific example group G1 is terminated with a hydrogen atom is given.
As a specific example of the aromatic heterocyclic ring, a structure in which the aromatic heterocyclic group described as a specific example in the specific example group G2 is terminated with a hydrogen atom is given.
Specific examples of the aliphatic hydrocarbon ring include a structure in which the cycloalkyl group mentioned as a specific example in Specific Example Group G6 is terminated with a hydrogen atom.
When the above “saturated or unsaturated ring” has a substituent, the substituent is, for example, an “optional substituent” described later. Specific examples of the substituent in the case where the above “saturated or unsaturated ring” has a substituent are the substituents described in the above section of “the substituent described in the present specification”.
 本明細書における一実施形態においては、前記「置換もしくは無置換の」という場合の置換基(以下、「任意の置換基」と呼ぶことがある。)は、
無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907
(ここで、
901~R907は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。R901~R907が2個以上存在する場合、2個以上のR901~R907のそれぞれは同一でもよく、異なっていてもよい。)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、及び
無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基
からなる群から選択される基である。
In one embodiment of the present specification, the substituent in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted” (hereinafter, may be referred to as “optional substituent”) may be:
An unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
An unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 carbon atoms for ring formation,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N ( R906 ) ( R907 )
(here,
R 901 to R 907 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. When two or more R 901 to R 907 exist, each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different. ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
It is a group selected from the group consisting of an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms and an unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
 一実施形態においては、前記「置換もしくは無置換の」という場合の置換基は、
炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、及び
環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基
からなる群から選択される基である。
In one embodiment, the substituents when referred to as "substituted or unsubstituted" are:
An alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms and a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 一実施形態においては、前記「置換もしくは無置換の」という場合の置換基は、
炭素数1~18のアルキル基、
環形成炭素数6~18のアリール基、及び
環形成原子数5~18の1価の複素環基
からなる群から選択される基である。
In one embodiment, the substituents when referred to as "substituted or unsubstituted" are:
An alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms,
It is a group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 18 ring carbon atoms and a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 18 ring atoms.
 上記任意の置換基の各基の具体例は、上述した通りである。 具体 Specific examples of each of the optional substituents are as described above.
 本明細書において、特にことわらない限り、隣接する任意の置換基同士で、飽和又は不飽和の環(好ましくは、置換もしくは無置換の飽和もしくは不飽和の、5員環又は6員環、より好ましくは、ベンゼン環)を形成してもよい。
 本明細書において、特にことわらない限り、任意の置換基は、さらに置換基を有してもよい。任意の置換基がさらに有する置換基としては、上記任意の置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, adjacent substituents may be substituted with a saturated or unsaturated ring (preferably a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated 5- or 6-membered ring, (Preferably, a benzene ring).
In the present specification, an optional substituent may further have a substituent unless otherwise specified. Examples of the substituent further included in the optional substituent include those similar to the optional substituent described above.
[新規な化合物]
 本発明の一態様に係る化合物は下記式(1)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(式(1)において、
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907が2個以上存在する場合、2個以上のR901~R907のそれぞれは同一でもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 R~Rのうち、少なくとも1つは重水素原子である。
 R~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上、及びR~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上は、互いに結合して環を形成しない。
 L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。
 Arは、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 Arは、下記式(2)、(3)又は(4)で表される1価の基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式(2)~(4)において、
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない場合、R13~R20のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
 R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する場合、前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR15~R20、並びにR13及びR14のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつLと結合する単結合ではないR13~R20、並びにR11及びR12は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
[New compound]
The compound according to one embodiment of the present invention is represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
(In equation (1),
R 1 to R 8 are each independently:
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
When two or more R 901 to R 907 exist, each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
At least one of R 1 to R 8 is a deuterium atom.
Two or more of R 1 to R 4 and two or more of R 5 to R 8 are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
L 1 and L 2 are each independently:
Single bond,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
Ar 1 is
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
Ar 2 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2), (3) or (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
In formulas (2) to (4),
Two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is formed. Do not form.
When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are not bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, one of R 13 to R 20 is L 2 Is a single bond that binds to.
When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is R 15 to R 20 that are not formed, and one of R 13 and R 14 is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
R 13 to R 20 , which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a single bond bonded to L 2 , and R 11 and R 12 are each independently,
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 本発明の一態様に係る化合物は、上記の構造を有することによって、有機EL素子で用いた場合に素子性能を高めることが可能となる。具体的には、より長寿命な有機EL素子が提供可能となる。
 また、本発明の一態様によれば、有機EL素子の発光層に上記化合物を用いることを特徴とする有機EL素子性能の向上方法をも提供できる。当該方法は、具体的には、特に、ホスト材料として、水素原子として軽水素原子のみを含む以外は式(1)で表される化合物と同じ構造を有する化合物(以下、「軽水素体」とも言う)を用いた場合と比較して、有機EL素子性能を改善することが可能となる。なお、軽水素体を用いた場合とは、発光層中のホスト材料として、実質的に軽水素体のみ(式(1)で表される化合物と軽水素体との合計に対する軽水素体の含有割合が90モル%以上、95モル%以上又は99モル%以上)を用いた場合を示す。
 すなわち、ホスト材料として、軽水素体に代えて、又は軽水素体に加えて、軽水素体の軽水素原子のうち、少なくともアントラセン骨格上の軽水素原子の少なくとも1つを重水素原子に置き換えた化合物(式(1)で表される化合物)を用いることで、当該性能を高めることができる。
The compound according to one embodiment of the present invention, having the above structure, can improve device performance when used in an organic EL device. Specifically, it becomes possible to provide an organic EL element having a longer life.
Further, according to one aspect of the present invention, there can be provided a method for improving the performance of an organic EL device, which comprises using the above compound in a light emitting layer of the organic EL device. Specifically, the method specifically includes a compound having the same structure as the compound represented by the formula (1) except that the host material contains only a light hydrogen atom as a hydrogen atom (hereinafter, also referred to as a “light hydrogen form”). This makes it possible to improve the performance of the organic EL element, as compared with the case of using. Note that the case where a light hydrogen is used means that substantially only a light hydrogen is used as the host material in the light emitting layer (the content of the light hydrogen is based on the sum of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the light hydrogen). The ratio is 90 mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, or 99 mol% or more).
That is, as a host material, at least one of the light hydrogen atoms on the anthracene skeleton was replaced with a deuterium atom among the light hydrogen atoms of the light hydrogen form instead of or in addition to the light hydrogen form. By using a compound (a compound represented by the formula (1)), the performance can be enhanced.
 R~Rは、全てが重水素原子であってもよいし、一部(例えば1つ又は2つ以上)が重水素原子であってもよい。
 重水素原子ではないR~Rは、好ましくは、水素原子(軽水素原子)である。
All of R 1 to R 8 may be deuterium atoms, or some (eg, 1 or 2 or more) may be deuterium atoms.
R 1 to R 8 which are not deuterium atoms are preferably hydrogen atoms (light hydrogen atoms).
 一実施形態において、L及びLからなる群から選択される一以上が有する水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である。具体的には、一実施形態において、L及びLからなる群から選択される一以上は、水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, at least one of the hydrogen atoms possessed by one or more selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 is a deuterium atom. Specifically, in one embodiment, one or more selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 is an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring-forming carbon atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom. Or an unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom.
 一実施形態において、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~14のアリーレン基である。好ましくは、L及びLの少なくとも1つは単結合である。 In one embodiment, L 1 and L 2 are each independently a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 14 ring carbon atoms. Preferably, at least one of L 1 and L 2 is a single bond.
 一実施形態において、式(2)~(4)におけるR13又はR14がLと結合する単結合である。 In one embodiment, R 13 or R 14 in formulas (2) to (4) is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
 一実施形態において、式(2)~(4)におけるR15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。 In one embodiment, two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 in formulas (2) to (4) do not bond with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
 一実施形態において、式(2)~(4)におけるR11~R20のうち、Lと結合する単結合ではなく、かつ環形成にも寄与しないものは水素原子である。 In one embodiment, among R 11 to R 20 in formulas (2) to (4), a hydrogen atom is not a single bond that bonds to L 2 and does not contribute to ring formation.
 一実施形態において、式(2)~(4)におけるR11~R20のうち、Lと結合する単結合ではなく、かつ環形成にも寄与しないものの少なくとも1つは重水素原子である。 In one embodiment, at least one of R 11 to R 20 in formulas (2) to (4) that is not a single bond that bonds to L 2 and does not contribute to ring formation is a deuterium atom.
 一実施形態において、Arの一以上が有する水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である。具体的には、一実施形態において、Arが、水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, at least one hydrogen atom contained in one or more of Ar 1 is a deuterium atom. Specifically, in one embodiment, Ar 1 is an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom, or at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom. It is an unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
 Arは、好ましくは置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基であり、より好ましくは下記式(a1)~(a4)で表される基から選択される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(式(a1)~(a4)中、*は、Lと結合する単結合である。
 R21は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
 m1は、それぞれ独立に0~4の整数である。
 m2は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数である。
 m3は、それぞれ独立に0~7の整数である。
 m1~m3が、それぞれ2以上のとき、複数のR21は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 m1~m3が、それぞれ2以上のとき、隣接する複数のR21は互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。)
Ar 1 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and more preferably selected from groups represented by the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
(In the formulas (a1) to (a4), * represents a single bond bonded to L 1 .
R 21's are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
m1 is independently an integer of 0 to 4.
m2 is independently an integer of 0 to 5.
m3 is independently an integer of 0 to 7.
When each of m1 to m3 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 21's may be the same as or different from each other.
When m1 to m3 are each 2 or more, a plurality of adjacent R 21 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form. )
 化合物中に重水素原子が含まれていることは、質量分析法又はH-NMR分析法により確認する。また、化合物中の重水素原子の結合位置はH-NMR分析法により特定する。具体的には、以下の通りである。
 対象化合物について質量分析を行い、水素原子が全て軽水素原子である対応化合物と比較して分子量が1増えていることにより、重水素原子を1つ含むことが確認できる。また、重水素原子はH-NMR分析にてシグナルが出ないことから、対象化合物についてH-NMR分析を行って得られた積分値によって分子内に含まれている重水素原子の数を確認できる。また、対象化合物についてH-NMR分析を行い、シグナルを帰属することにより重水素原子の結合位置を特定することができる。
The presence of a deuterium atom in the compound is confirmed by mass spectrometry or 1 H-NMR analysis. Further, the bonding position of the deuterium atom in the compound is specified by 1 H-NMR analysis. Specifically, it is as follows.
The target compound is subjected to mass spectrometry, and it can be confirmed that the target compound contains one deuterium atom by increasing the molecular weight by 1 as compared with the corresponding compound in which all hydrogen atoms are light hydrogen atoms. In addition, since no signal is generated for deuterium atoms by 1 H-NMR analysis, the number of deuterium atoms contained in the molecule is determined by an integrated value obtained by performing 1 H-NMR analysis on the target compound. You can check. In addition, 1 H-NMR analysis is performed on the target compound, and the binding position of a deuterium atom can be specified by assigning a signal.
 本発明の一態様における組成物は、式(1)で表される化合物を含み、式(1)で表される化合物と、軽水素体との合計に対する、後者の含有割合が99モル%以下である。軽水素体を含有割合は、質量分析法により確認する。
 また、本発明の一態様における組成物は、式(1)で表される化合物と軽水素体との合計に対する前者の含有割合が30モル%以上、50モル%以上、70モル%以上、90モル%以上、95モル%以上、99モル%以上、又は100モル%である。
A composition according to one embodiment of the present invention contains a compound represented by the formula (1), and the content ratio of the latter is 99 mol% or less based on the total amount of the compound represented by the formula (1) and a hydrogen hydride. Is. The content ratio of the deuterium is confirmed by mass spectrometry.
Further, in the composition according to one embodiment of the present invention, the content ratio of the former to the total of the compound represented by the formula (1) and the light hydrogen compound is 30 mol% or more, 50 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 90 It is mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, 99 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.
 一実施形態において、式(1)で表される化合物は下記式(1-1)、(1-2)、(1-3)、(1-4)、(1-5)又は(1-6)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(式(1-1)、(1-2)、(1-3)、(1-4)、(1-5)及び(1-6)中、R~R、R11~R20、Ar、L及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (1) has the formula (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1-5) or (1- It is a compound represented by 6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
(In the formulas (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1-5) and (1-6), R 1 to R 8 and R 11 to R 20 , Ar 1 , L 1 and L 2 are as defined in the above formula (1).)
 一実施形態において、式(1)で表される化合物は下記式(1-11)、(1-12)、(1-13)、(1-14)、(1-15)又は(1-16)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(式(1-11)、(1-12)、(1-13)、(1-14)、(1-15)及び(1-16)中、R~R、Ar及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) or (1- It is a compound represented by 16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
(In the formulas (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) and (1-16), R 1 to R 8 , Ar 1 and L 1 Is as defined in the above formula (1).)
 一実施形態において、式(1)で表される化合物は下記式(1-21)、(1-22)、(1-23)、(1-24)、(1-25)又は(1-26)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(式(1-21)、(1-22)、(1-23)、(1-24)、(1-25)及び(1-26)中、Ar及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-21), (1-22), (1-23), (1-24), (1-25) or (1- It is a compound represented by 26).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
(In the formulas (1-21), (1-22), (1-23), (1-24), (1-25) and (1-26), Ar 1 and L 1 are the same as those in the formula (1). ) Is as defined in.)
 式(1)で表される化合物は、実施例に記載の合成方法に倣い、目的物に合わせた既知の代替反応や原料を用いることで合成することができる。 The compound represented by the formula (1) can be synthesized by following the synthetic method described in the examples and using known alternative reactions or starting materials according to the intended product.
 本発明の一態様に係る化合物の例を以下に示す。下記具体例中、Dは重水素原子を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
Examples of the compound according to one embodiment of the present invention are shown below. In the following specific examples, D represents a deuterium atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000089
 上記の化合物は、有機EL素子用材料、好ましくは発光層のホスト材料として用いることができる。 The above compound can be used as a material for an organic EL device, preferably as a host material for a light emitting layer.
[有機EL素子]
 本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子は、陰極と、陽極と、陰極と陽極との間に配置された1又は2以上の有機層と、を有し、有機層が、式(1)で表される化合物又は上記の本発明の組成物を含有する。有機層が、式(1)で表される化合物又は上記の本発明の組成物を含む以外は、本発明の効果を損なわない限りにおいて、従来公知の材料、素子構成を適用することができる。上記の有機EL素子は、好ましくは、有機層のうち発光層が式(1)で表される化合物又は上記の本発明の組成物を含む。
[Organic EL device]
An organic EL device according to one aspect of the present invention has a cathode, an anode, and one or more organic layers arranged between the cathode and the anode, and the organic layer is represented by the formula (1). Contains the compound represented or the composition of the invention described above. As long as the organic layer does not contain the compound represented by formula (1) or the composition of the present invention described above, conventionally known materials and device configurations can be applied as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. In the organic EL device, the light emitting layer of the organic layer preferably contains the compound represented by the formula (1) or the composition of the present invention.
 一実施形態においては、本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子の発光層が、式(1)で表される化合物と軽水素体とを含み、その合計に対する後者の含有割合が99モル%以下である。
 また、一実施形態においては、本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子の発光層が、式(1)で表される化合物と軽水素体とを含み、その合計に対する前者の含有割合が30モル%以上、50モル%以上、70モル%以上、90モル%以上、95モル%以上、99モル%以上、又は100モル%である。
In one embodiment, the light emitting layer of the organic EL device according to one aspect of the present invention contains a compound represented by the formula (1) and a light hydrogen compound, and the content ratio of the latter to the total thereof is 99 mol% or less. Is.
In one embodiment, the light-emitting layer of the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the compound represented by the formula (1) and a deuterium compound, and the content of the former is 30 mols relative to the total. %, 50 mol% or more, 70 mol% or more, 90 mol% or more, 95 mol% or more, 99 mol% or more, or 100 mol%.
 本発明の有機EL素子の一態様は、陽極と発光層との間に正孔輸送層を有することが好ましい。 One aspect of the organic EL device of the present invention preferably has a hole transport layer between the anode and the light emitting layer.
 本発明の有機EL素子の一態様は、陰極と発光層との間に電子輸送層を有することが好ましい。 One aspect of the organic EL device of the present invention preferably has an electron transport layer between the cathode and the light emitting layer.
 本発明の有機EL素子の代表的な素子構成としては、
(1)陽極/発光層/陰極
(2)陽極/正孔注入層/発光層/陰極
(3)陽極/発光層/電子注入・輸送層/陰極
(4)陽極/正孔注入層/発光層/電子注入・輸送層/陰極
(5)陽極/有機半導体層/発光層/陰極
(6)陽極/有機半導体層/電子障壁層/発光層/陰極
(7)陽極/有機半導体層/発光層/付着改善層/陰極
(8)陽極/正孔注入・輸送層/発光層/電子注入・輸送層/陰極
(9)陽極/絶縁層/発光層/絶縁層/陰極
(10)陽極/無機半導体層/絶縁層/発光層/絶縁層/陰極
(11)陽極/有機半導体層/絶縁層/発光層/絶縁層/陰極
(12)陽極/絶縁層/正孔注入・輸送層/発光層/絶縁層/陰極
(13)陽極/絶縁層/正孔注入・輸送層/発光層/電子注入・輸送層/陰極
等の構造を挙げることができる。
 上記の中で(8)の構成が好ましく用いられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。
As a typical element structure of the organic EL element of the present invention,
(1) Anode / light emitting layer / cathode (2) Anode / hole injection layer / light emitting layer / cathode (3) Anode / light emitting layer / electron injection / transport layer / cathode (4) Anode / hole injection layer / light emitting layer / Electron injection / transport layer / cathode (5) anode / organic semiconductor layer / light emitting layer / cathode (6) anode / organic semiconductor layer / electron barrier layer / light emitting layer / cathode (7) anode / organic semiconductor layer / light emitting layer / Adhesion improving layer / cathode (8) anode / hole injection / transport layer / light emitting layer / electron injection / transport layer / cathode (9) anode / insulating layer / light emitting layer / insulating layer / cathode (10) anode / inorganic semiconductor layer / Insulating layer / Light emitting layer / Insulating layer / Cathode (11) Anode / Organic semiconductor layer / Insulating layer / Light emitting layer / Insulating layer / Cathode (12) Anode / Insulating layer / Hole injection / transport layer / Light emitting layer / Insulating layer / Cathode (13) Anode / insulating layer / hole injecting / transporting layer / light emitting layer / electron injecting / transporting layer / cathode.
The configuration (8) is preferably used in the above, but the configuration is not limited thereto.
 本明細書中で「正孔注入・輸送層」は「正孔注入層及び正孔輸送層のうちの少なくともいずれか一方」を意味し、「電子注入・輸送層」は「電子注入層及び電子輸送層のうちの少なくともいずれか一方」を意味する。 In the present specification, "hole injection / transport layer" means "at least one of a hole injection layer and a hole transport layer", and "electron injection / transport layer" means "electron injection layer and electron At least one of the transport layers ".
 発光層は、好ましくは、式(1)で表される化合物(ホスト材料)に加えて、下記式(11)、(21)、(31)、(41)、(51)、(61)、(71)及び(81)からなる群から選択される1以上の化合物(ドーパント材料)を含有する。 The light-emitting layer preferably contains, in addition to the compound (host material) represented by the formula (1), the following formulas (11), (21), (31), (41), (51), (61), It contains at least one compound (dopant material) selected from the group consisting of (71) and (81).
(式(11)で表される化合物)
 式(11)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
[式(11)において、
 R101~R110のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 R101~R110の少なくとも1つは下記式(12)で表される1価の基である。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつ下記式(12)で表される1価の基ではないR101~R110は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(式(12)において、Ar101及びAr102は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 L101~L103は、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。)]
(Compound represented by Formula (11))
The compound represented by the formula (11) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000090
[In formula (11),
One or more adjacent two or more of R 101 to R 110 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring; Does not form a ring.
At least one of R 101 to R 110 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (12).
R 101 to R 110 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a monovalent group represented by the following formula (12) are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000091
(In Formula (12), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
L 101 to L 103 are independently
Single bond,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s). )]
 式(11)において、R101~R110のうち2つが式(12)で表される基であることが好ましい。 In the formula (11), it is preferable that two of R 101 to R 110 are groups represented by the formula (12).
 一実施形態において、式(11)で表される化合物は下記式(13)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
(式(13)において、R111~R118は、前記式(11)における、式(12)で表される1価の基ではないR101~R110と同じである。Ar101、Ar102、L101、L102及びL103は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000092
(In the formula (13), R 111 to R 118 are the same as R 101 to R 110 in the formula (11), which are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (12). Ar 101 and Ar 102 , L 101 , L 102, and L 103 are as defined in the above formula (12).)
 式(11)において、L101は単結合であることが好ましく、L102及びL103は単結合であることが好ましい。 In the formula (11), L 101 is preferably a single bond, and L 102 and L 103 are preferably single bonds.
 一実施形態において、式(11)で表される化合物は下記式(14)又は(15)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
(式(14)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。Ar101、Ar102、L102及びL103は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(式(15)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。Ar101及びAr102は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (14) or (15).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000093
(In the formula (14), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13). Ar 101 , Ar 102 , L 102 and L 103 are as defined in the formula (12). .)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000094
(In the formula (15), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13). Ar 101 and Ar 102 are as defined in the formula (12).)
 式(11)及び式(12)において、好ましくは、Ar101及びAr102のうち少なくとも1つが下記式(16)で表される基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(式(16)において、
 X101は酸素原子又は硫黄原子を示す。
 R121~R127のうち、隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR121~R127は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In the formulas (11) and (12), preferably, at least one of Ar 101 and Ar 102 is a group represented by the following formula (16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000095
(In equation (16),
X 101 represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
One or more of two or more of R 121 to R 127 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
R 121 to R 127 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 X101は、酸素原子であることが好ましい。
 R121~R127のうち少なくとも1つは、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基であることが好ましい。
X 101 is preferably an oxygen atom.
At least one of R 121 to R 127 is
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
It is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
 式(11)及び式(12)において、Ar101が式(16)で表される基であり、Ar102が、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基であることが好ましい。 In the formulas (11) and (12), Ar 101 is preferably a group represented by the formula (16), and Ar 102 is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. .
 一実施形態において、式(11)で表される化合物は下記式(17)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
(式(17)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。R121~R127は前記式(16)で定義した通りである。
 R131~R135は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (11) is represented by the following formula (17).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000096
(In the formula (17), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13). R 121 to R 127 are as defined in the formula (16).
R 131 to R 135 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 式(11)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。 化合物 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (11) include the following compounds. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000098
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000099
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000100
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000101
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000102
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000103
(式(21)で表される化合物)
 式(21)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
(式(21)において、
 Zは、それぞれ独立にCR又はNである。
 A1環及びA2環は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
 Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 n21及びn22は、それぞれ独立に、0~4の整数である。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR~Rは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
(Compound represented by Formula (21))
The compound represented by formula (21) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000104
(In formula (21),
Z is each independently CR a or N.
The A1 ring and the A2 ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
When plural R a are present, one or more adjacent two or more sets of plural R a are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
When a plurality of R b are present, one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of the plurality of R b are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
When a plurality of R c is present, one or more adjacent two or more sets of the plurality of R c are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
n21 and n22 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
R a to R c which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 A1環及びA2環の「芳香族炭化水素環」は、上述した「アリール基」に水素原子を導入した化合物と同じ構造である。A1環及びA2環の「芳香族炭化水素環」は、式(21)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子2つを環形成原子として含むものである。「置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環」の具体例としては、具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」に水素原子を導入した化合物等が挙げられる。
 A1環及びA2環の「複素環」は、上述した「複素環基」に水素原子を導入した化合物と同じ構造である。A1環及びA2環の「複素環」は、式(21)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子2つを環形成原子として含むものである。「置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環」の具体例としては、具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」に水素原子を導入した化合物等が挙げられる。
The “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the above-described compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group”. The “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (21) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
The “heterocycle” of the A1 ring and the A2 ring has the same structure as the compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the above “heterocyclic group”. The "heterocycle" of the A1 ring and the A2 ring includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (21) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
 Rは、A1環の芳香族炭化水素環を形成する炭素原子のいずれか、又は、A1環の複素環を形成する原子のいずれかに結合する。
 Rは、A2環の芳香族炭化水素環を形成する炭素原子のいずれか、又は、A2環の複素環を形成する原子のいずれかに結合する。
R b is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of A1 ring or to the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring of A1 ring.
R c is bonded to any of the carbon atoms forming the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A2 ring or any of the atoms forming the heterocyclic ring of the A2 ring.
 R~Rのうち、少なくとも1つ(好ましくは2つ)は下記式(21a)で表される基であることが好ましい。
-L201-Ar201 (21a)
(式(21a)において、
201は、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。
 Ar201は、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基、又は
下記式(21b)で表される基である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
(式(21b)において、
 L211及びL212は、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。
 Ar211及びAr212は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないAr211及びAr212は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。))
At least one (preferably two) of R a to R c is preferably a group represented by the following formula (21a).
—L 201 —Ar 201 (21a)
(In the equation (21a),
L 201 is
Single bond,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
Ar 201 is
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms, or a group represented by the following formula (21b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000105
(In formula (21b),
L 211 and L 212 are each independently
Single bond,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
Ar 211 and Ar 212 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring or no substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
Ar 211 and Ar 212 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. ))
 一実施形態において、式(21)で表される化合物は下記式(22)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
(式(22)において、
 R201~R211のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR201~R211は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (21) is represented by the following formula (22).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000106
(In formula (22),
One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R 201 to R 211 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring; Does not form a ring.
R 201 to R 211 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 R201~R211のうち、少なくとも1つ(好ましくは2つ)は上記式(21a)で表される基であることが好ましい。好ましくはR204及びR211が上記式(21a)で表される基である。 At least one (preferably two) of R 201 to R 211 is preferably a group represented by the above formula (21a). Preferably, R 204 and R 211 are groups represented by the above formula (21a).
 一実施形態において、式(21)で表される化合物は、A1環に下記式(21-1)又は(21-2)で表される構造が結合した化合物である。また、一実施形態において、式(22)で表される化合物は、R204~R207が結合する環に下記式(21-1)又は(21-2)で表される構造が結合した化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
(式(21-1)において、2つの結合手*は、それぞれ独立に、式(21)のA1環の芳香族炭化水素環の環形成炭素原子もしくは複素環の環形成原子と結合するか、又は式(22)のR204~R207のいずれかと結合する。
 式(21-2)の3つの結合手*は、それぞれ独立に、式(21)のA1環の芳香族炭化水素環の環形成炭素原子もしくは複素環の環形成原子と結合するか、又は式(22)のR204~R207のいずれかと結合する。
 R221~R227及びR231~R239のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR221~R227及びR231~R239は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (21) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following formula (21-1) or (21-2) is bonded to the A1 ring. Further, in one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (22) is a compound in which the structure represented by the following formula (21-1) or (21-2) is bound to the ring to which R 204 to R 207 are bound. Is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000107
(In the formula (21-1), the two bonds * are each independently bonded to a ring-forming carbon atom of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or a ring-forming atom of a heterocyclic ring of the A1 ring of the formula (21); Alternatively, it binds to any of R 204 to R 207 in the formula (22).
The three bonds * in formula (21-2) are each independently bonded to the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the A1 ring of formula (21) or the ring-forming atom of the heterocycle, or It is bonded to any of R 204 to R 207 in (22).
At least one pair of two or more of R 221 to R 227 and R 231 to R 239 is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or Does not form a substituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
R 221 to R 227 and R 231 to R 239 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 一実施形態においては、式(21)で表される化合物は、下記式(21-3)、式(21-4)又は式(21-5)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
(式(21-3)、式(21-4)及び式(21-5)中、
 A1環は、式(21)で定義した通りである。
 R2401~R2407は、式(21-1)及び(21-2)のR221~R227と同じである。R2410~R2417は、式(22)のR201~R211と同じである。2つのR2417は、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (21) is a compound represented by the following formula (21-3), (21-4) or (21-5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000108
(In the formulas (21-3), (21-4) and (21-5),
The ring A1 is as defined in the formula (21).
R 2401 to R 2407 are the same as R 221 to R 227 in formulas (21-1) and (21-2). R 2410 to R 2417 are the same as R 201 to R 211 in the formula (22). The two R 2417 may be the same as or different from each other. )
 一実施形態においては、式(21-5)のA1環の置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環は、置換もしくは無置換のナフタレン環、又は置換もしくは無置換のフルオレン環である。
 一実施形態においては、式(21-5)のA1環の置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環は、置換もしくは無置換のジベンゾフラン環、置換もしくは無置換のカルバゾール環、又は置換もしくは無置換のジベンゾチオフェン環である。
In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms of the ring A1 in the formula (21-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring or a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring. It is a fluorene ring.
In one embodiment, the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms in ring A1 of formula (21-5) is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzofuran ring, a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole ring, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted dibenzothiophene ring.
 一実施形態においては、式(21)又は式(22)で表される化合物は、下記式(21-6-1)~(21-6-7)で表される化合物からなる群から選択される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
(式(21-6-1)~(21-6-7)中、
 R2421~R2427は、式(21-1)及び(21-2)のR221~R227と同じである。R2430~R2437及びR2441~R2444は、式(22)のR201~R211と同じである。
 Xは、O、NR901、又はC(R902)(R903)である。
 R901~R903は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (21) or (22) is selected from the group consisting of compounds represented by the following formulas (21-6-1) to (21-6-7). You.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000109
(In formulas (21-6-1) to (21-6-7),
R 2421 to R 2427 are the same as R 221 to R 227 in formulas (21-1) and (21-2). R 2430 to R 2437 and R 2441 to R 2444 are the same as R 201 to R 211 in the formula (22).
X is O, NR 901 , or C (R 902 ) (R 903 ).
R 901 to R 903 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 一実施形態において、式(22)で表される化合物は、R201~R211のうち、隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する。当該実施形態について、以下式(25)として詳述する。 In one embodiment, in the compound represented by the formula (22), at least one set of two or more adjacent R 201 to R 211 is bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated group. Form a ring. This embodiment will be described in detail below as Expression (25).
(式(25)で表される化合物)
 式(25)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
(式(25)において、
 R251とR252、R252とR253、R254とR255、R255とR256、R256とR257、R258とR259、R259とR260、及び、R260とR261からなる群から選択される対のうち2以上は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する。
 ただし、R251とR252からなる対及びR252とR253からなる対;R254とR255からなる対及びR255とR256からなる対;R255とR256からなる対及びR256とR257からなる対;R258とR259からなる対及びR259とR260からなる対;並びにR259とR260からなる対及びR260とR261からなる対が、同時に環を形成することはない。
 R251~R261が形成する2つ以上の環は、同一であってもよく、異なっていてもよい。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR251~R261は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
(Compound represented by Formula (25))
The compound represented by formula (25) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000110
(In formula (25),
R 251 and R 252 , R 252 and R 253 , R 254 and R 255 , R 255 and R 256 , R 256 and R 257 , R 258 and R 259 , R 259 and R 260 , and R 260 and R 261 Two or more of the pairs selected from the group combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
However, a pair consisting of R 251 and R 252 and a pair consisting of R 252 and R 253 ; a pair consisting of R 254 and R 255 and a pair consisting of R 255 and R 256 ; a pair consisting of R 255 and R 256 and R 256 A pair consisting of R 257 ; a pair consisting of R 258 and R 259 and a pair consisting of R 259 and R 260 ; and a pair consisting of R 259 and R 260 and a pair consisting of R 260 and R 261 simultaneously forming a ring. There is no.
Two or more rings formed by R 251 to R 261 may be the same or different.
R 251 to R 261 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 式(25)において、RとRn+1(nは251、252、254~256、及び258~260から選ばれる整数を表す)は互いに結合して、RとRn+1が結合する2つの環形成炭素原子と共に、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する。当該環は、好ましくは、C原子、O原子、S原子及びN原子から選ばれる原子から構成され、原子数は、好ましくは3~7であり、より好ましくは5又は6である。 In the formula (25), R n and R n + 1 (n represents an integer selected from 251, 252, 254 to 256, and 258 to 260) are bonded to each other to form two rings where R n and R n + 1 are bonded. Together with the forming carbon atom, it forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. The ring is preferably composed of atoms selected from C, O, S and N atoms, and the number of atoms is preferably 3 to 7, more preferably 5 or 6.
 式(25)で表される化合物における上記の環構造の数は、例えば、2つ、3つ、又は4つである。2つ以上の環構造は、それぞれ式(25)の母骨格上の同一のベンゼン環上に存在してもよいし、異なるベンゼン環上に存在してもよい。例えば、環構造を3つ有する場合、式(25)の3つのベンゼン環のそれぞれに1つずつ環構造が存在してもよい。 数 The number of the ring structures in the compound represented by the formula (25) is, for example, two, three, or four. The two or more ring structures may each be present on the same benzene ring on the mother skeleton of the formula (25), or may be present on different benzene rings. For example, in the case of having three ring structures, one ring structure may be present in each of the three benzene rings of formula (25).
 式(25)で表される化合物における上記の環構造としては、例えば、下記式(251)~(260)で表される構造等が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
(式(251)~(257)において、*1と*2、*3と*4、*5と*6、*7と*8、*9と*10、*11と*12及び*13と*14のそれぞれは、RとRn+1が結合する前記2つの環形成炭素原子を表し、Rが結合する環形成炭素原子は、*1と*2、*3と*4、*5と*6、*7と*8、*9と*10、*11と*12及び*13と*14が表す2つの環形成炭素原子のどちらであってもよい。
 X2501は、C(R2512)(R2513)、NR2514、O又はSである。
 R2501~R2506及びR2512~R2513のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR2501~R2514は、前記R251~R261と同じである。)
Examples of the ring structure in the compound represented by the formula (25) include structures represented by the following formulas (251) to (260).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000111
(In the formulas (251) to (257), * 1 and * 2, * 3 and * 4, * 5 and * 6, * 7 and * 8, * 9 and * 10, * 11 and * 12, and * 13 Each of * 14 represents the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n and R n + 1 are bonded, and the ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n is bonded are * 1 and * 2, * 3 and * 4, * 5 and It may be any of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by * 6, * 7 and * 8, * 9 and * 10, * 11 and * 12, and * 13 and * 14.
X 2501 is C (R 2512 ) (R 2513 ), NR 2514 , O or S.
One or more adjacent two or more sets of R 2501 to R 2506 and R 2512 to R 2513 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or unsubstituted. Does not form a substituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
R 2501 to R 2514 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are the same as R 251 to R 261 described above. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
(式(258)~(260)において、*1と*2、及び*3と*4のそれぞれは、RとRn+1が結合する前記2つの環形成炭素原子を表し、Rが結合する環形成炭素原子は、*1と*2、又は*3と*4が表す2つの環形成炭素原子のどちらであってもよい。
 X2501は、C(R2512)(R2513)、NR2514、O又はSである。
 R2515~R2525のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR2515~R2521及びR2522~R2525は、前記R251~R261と同じである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000112
(In formulas (258) to (260), * 1 and * 2 and * 3 and * 4 each represent the two ring-forming carbon atoms to which R n and R n + 1 are bonded, and R n is bonded to The ring-forming carbon atom may be any of the two ring-forming carbon atoms represented by * 1 and * 2 or * 3 and * 4.
X 2501 is C (R 2512 ) (R 2513 ), NR 2514 , O or S.
One or more adjacent two or more sets of R 2515 to R 2525 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated Does not form a ring.
R 2515 to R 2521 and R 2522 to R 2525 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are the same as R 251 to R 261 described above. )
 式(25)において、R252、R254、R255、R260及びR261の少なくとも1つ(好ましくは、R252、R255及びR260の少なくとも1つ、さらに好ましくはR252)が、環構造を形成しない基であると好ましい。 In the formula (25), at least one of R 252 , R 254 , R 255 , R 260 and R 261 (preferably, at least one of R 252 , R 255 and R 260 , more preferably R 252 ) is a ring It is preferable that the group does not form a structure.
 (i)式(25)において、RとRn+1により形成される環構造が置換基を有する場合の置換基、
 (ii)式(25)において、環構造を形成しないR251~R261、及び
 (iii)式(251)~(260)におけるR2501~R2514、R2515~R2525は、好ましくは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基、又は
下記の群から選択される基のいずれかである。
(I) a substituent in the case where the ring structure formed by R n and R n + 1 in the formula (25) has a substituent;
(Ii) In Formula (25), R 251 to R 261 that does not form a ring structure, and (iii) R 2501 to R 2514 and R 2515 to R 2525 in Formulas (251) to (260) are preferably Independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
It is either a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms, or a group selected from the following group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
(式(261)~(264)中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 Xは、C(R901)(R902)、NR903、O又はSである。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
 p1は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数、p2は、それぞれ独立に0~4の整数、p3は0~3の整数、p4は0~7の整数である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000113
(In the formulas (261) to (264), R d is each independently:
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
X is C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
p1 is independently an integer of 0 to 5, p2 is independently an integer of 0 to 4, p3 is an integer of 0 to 3, and p4 is an integer of 0 to 7. )
 一実施形態において、式(25)で表される化合物は、下記式(25-1)~(25-6)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
(式(25-1)~(25-6)において、環d~iは、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環である。R251~R261は、前記式(25)と同じである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-1) to (25-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000114
(In the formulas (25-1) to (25-6), the rings d to i are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. R 251 to R 261 are the same as those in the formula (25) Same as).)
 一実施形態において、式(25)で表される化合物は、下記式(25-7)~(25-12)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
(式(25-7)~(25-12)において、環d~f、k、jは、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環である。R251~R261は、前記式(25)と同じである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-7) to (25-12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000115
(In the formulas (25-7) to (25-12), rings d to f, k, and j are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. R 251 to R 261 are This is the same as the equation (25).)
 一実施形態において、式(25)で表される化合物は、下記式(25-13)~(25-21)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
(式(25-13)~(25-21)において、環d~kは、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環である。R251~R261は、前記式(25)と同じである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-13) to (25-21).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000116
In (Equation (25-13) - (25-21), ring d-k are each independently a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated .R 251 - R 261 is the formula (25 Same as).)
 前記環g又はhがさらに置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、例えば、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
上記式(261)、(263)又は(264)で表される基が挙げられる。
When the ring g or h further has a substituent, the substituent is, for example,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
Examples thereof include a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a group represented by the above formula (261), (263) or (264).
 一実施形態において、式(25)で表される化合物は、下記式(25-22)~(25-25)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
(式(25-22)~(25-25)において、X250は、それぞれ独立にC(R901)(R902)、NR903、O又はSである。R251~R261、R271~R278は、前記式(25)のR251~R261と同じである。R901~R903は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by any of the following formulas (25-22) to (25-25).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000117
(In formulas (25-22) to (25-25), X 250 is independently C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S. R 251 to R 261 , R 271 to R 278 is the same as R 251 to R 261 in the above formula (25), and R 901 to R 903 are as defined in the above formula (1).)
 一実施形態において、式(25)で表される化合物は、下記式(25-26)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
(式(25-26)において、X250は、C(R901)(R902)、NR903、O又はSである。R253、R254、R257、R258、R261、及びR271~R282は、前記式(25)のR251~R261と同じである。R901~R903は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (25) is represented by the following formula (25-26).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000118
(In the formulas (25-26), X 250 is C (R 901 ) (R 902 ), NR 903 , O or S. R 253 , R 254 , R 257 , R 258 , R 261 , and R 271 -R 282 are the same as R 251 -R 261 in the formula (25). R 901 -R 903 are as defined in the formula (1).)
 式(21)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。 化合物 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (21) include the following compounds. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000119
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000120
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000121
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000122
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000123
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000124
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000125
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000126
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000127
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000128
(式(31)で表される化合物)
 式(31)で表される化合物について説明する。式(31)で表される化合物は、上述した式(21-3)で表される化合物に対応する化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
(式(31)において、
 R301~R307及びR311~R317のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR301~R307及びR311~R317は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R321及びR322は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
(Compound represented by Formula (31))
The compound represented by the formula (31) will be described. The compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound corresponding to the compound represented by the formula (21-3) described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000129
(In equation (31),
At least one pair of adjacent two or more of R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring Does not form a ring.
R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 321 and R 322 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 「R301~R307及びR311~R317のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組」は、例えば、R301とR302、R302とR303、R303とR304、R305とR306、R306とR307、R301とR302とR303等の組合せである。 “One set of two or more adjacent to R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 ” is, for example, R 301 and R 302 , R 302 and R 303 , R 303 and R 304 , R 305 and R 306. , R 306 and R 307 , R 301 , R 302 and R 303, and the like.
 一実施形態において、R301~R307及びR311~R317の少なくとも1つ、好ましくは2つが-N(R906)(R907)で表される基である。 In one embodiment, at least one, preferably two of R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 are groups represented by —N (R 906 ) (R 907 ).
 一実施形態においては、R301~R307及びR311~R317は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring group. It is a monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 atoms.
 一実施形態においては、式(31)で表される化合物は、下記式(32)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
(式(32)において、
 R331~R334及びR341~R344のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR331~R334、R341~R344、並びにR351及びR352は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R361~R364は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (32).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000130
(In equation (32),
One or more of adjacent two or more of R 331 to R 334 and R 341 to R 344 form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or are substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated. Does not form a ring.
R 331 to R 334 , R 341 to R 344 and R 351 and R 352 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 361 to R 364 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )
 一実施形態においては、式(31)で表される化合物は、下記式(33)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
(式(33)において、R351、R352及びR361~R364は前記式(32)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by formula (31) is a compound represented by formula (33) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000131
(In the formula (33), R 351 , R 352 and R 361 to R 364 are as defined in the formula (32).)
 一実施形態においては、式(31)で表される化合物は、下記式(34)又は(35)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
(式(34)及び(35)中、
 R361~R364は前記式(32)で定義した通りである。
 R371~R377及びR380~R386のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR371~R377及びR380~R386、並びにR387は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。2つのR387は、互いに同じであってもよく、異なっていてもよい。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (34) or (35).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000132
(In equations (34) and (35),
R 361 to R 364 are as defined in the above formula (32).
At least one pair of adjacent two or more of R 371 to R 377 and R 380 to R 386 forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring Does not form a ring.
R 371 to R 377 and R 380 to R 386 , which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and R 387 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. The two R 387 may be the same as or different from each other. )
 一実施形態においては、式(31)で表される化合物は、下記式(34-2)又は(35-2)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
(式(34-2)及び(35-2)中、R361~R364、R375~R377及びR384~R387は、前記式(34)及び(35)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (31) is a compound represented by the following formula (34-2) or (35-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000133
(In the formulas (34-2) and (35-2), R 361 to R 364 , R 375 to R 377 and R 384 to R 387 are as defined in the formulas (34) and (35). )
 一実施形態においては、式(32)、(33)、(34)、(35)、(34-2)、(35-2)におけるR361~R364は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)である。 In one embodiment, R 361 to R 364 in formulas (32), (33), (34), (35), (34-2), and (35-2) are each independently substituted or unsubstituted. Is an aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).
 一実施形態においては、式(31)におけるR321及びR322、式(32)、(33)、(34)、(35)、(34-2)、(35-2)におけるR351及びR352は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基(好ましくはフェニル基)である。 In one embodiment, R 321 and R 322 in formula (31) and R 351 and R in formulas (32), (33), (34), (35), (34-2), and (35-2). 352 is independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms (preferably a phenyl group).
 一実施形態においては、式(31)で表される化合物は、下記式(36)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
(式(36)において、R3001、R3002、R3005~R3007、R3010、R3011、R3014~R3016、及びR3031~R3034のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 Xは、それぞれ独立に、O、S及びN(R35)から選択される。
 R35は、R3031と互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは前記環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR3001、R3002、R3005~R3007、R3010、R3011、R3014~R3016、及びR3031~R3035、並びにR3021、R3022は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by formula (31) is a compound represented by formula (36) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000134
(In Formula (36), one or more adjacent two or more of R 3001 , R 3002 , R 3005 to R 3007 , R 3010 , R 3011 , R 3014 to R 3016 , and R 3031 to R 3034 are They are joined together to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or no substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
X a is independently selected from O, S and N (R 35 ).
R 35 is combined with R 3031 to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or does not form the ring.
Wherein R 3001 which do not form a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated, R 3002, R 3005 ~ R 3007, R 3010, R 3011, R 3014 ~ R 3016, and R 3031 ~ R 3035, and R 3021, R 3022 is each independently:
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )
 一実施形態においては、式(31)~(36)における、「置換もしくは無置換の」という場合における置換基は、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
In one embodiment, the substituent in the case of “substituted or unsubstituted” in formulas (31) to (36) is
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 式(31)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000160
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000161
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (31) include the compounds shown below. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000135
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000136
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000137
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000138
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000139
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000140
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000148
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000149
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000150
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000151
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000152
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000153
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000154
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000155
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000156
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000157
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000158
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000159
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000160
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000161
(式(41)で表される化合物)
 式(41)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000162
(式(41)において、
 a環、b環及びc環は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
 R401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、前記a環、b環又はc環と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しないR401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。)
(Compound represented by Formula (41))
The compound represented by the formula (41) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000162
(In formula (41),
ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 401 and R 402 each independently form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring by combining with the a ring, the b ring or the c ring.
R 401 and R 402 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )
 a環、b環及びc環は、B原子及び2つのN原子から構成される式(41)中央の縮合2環構造に縮合する環(置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環)である。 Ring a, ring b and ring c are each a ring (substituted or unsubstituted aromatic ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms) fused to a central fused bicyclic structure of formula (41) composed of a B atom and two N atoms. Group hydrocarbon ring or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 a環、b環及びc環の「芳香族炭化水素環」は、上述した「アリール基」に水素原子を導入した化合物と同じ構造である。a環の「芳香族炭化水素環」は、式(41)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子3つを環形成原子として含むものである。b環及びc環の「芳香族炭化水素環」は、式(41)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子2つを環形成原子として含むものである。「置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環」の具体例としては、具体例群G1に記載の「アリール基」に水素原子を導入した化合物等が挙げられる。
 a環、b環及びc環の「複素環」は、上述した「複素環基」に水素原子を導入した化合物と同じ構造である。a環の「複素環」は、式(41)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子3つを環形成原子として含むものである。b環及びc環の「複素環」は、式(41)中央の縮合2環構造上の炭素原子2つを環形成原子として含むものである。「置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環」の具体例としては、具体例群G2に記載の「複素環基」に水素原子を導入した化合物等が挙げられる。
The “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of ring a, ring b and ring c has the same structure as the above-described compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group”. The “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the ring a contains three carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms. The “aromatic hydrocarbon ring” of the ring b and the ring c includes two carbon atoms on the central fused bicyclic structure of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “aryl group” described in Specific Example Group G1.
The “heterocycle” of ring a, ring b and ring c has the same structure as the above-mentioned compound in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group”. The “heterocycle” of ring a contains three carbon atoms on the condensed two-ring structure in the center of formula (41) as ring-forming atoms. The “heterocycle” of the b-ring and the c-ring includes two carbon atoms on the fused bicyclic structure at the center of the formula (41) as ring-forming atoms. Specific examples of the “substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring atoms” include compounds in which a hydrogen atom has been introduced into the “heterocyclic group” described in Specific Example Group G2.
 R401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、a環、b環又はc環と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成してもよい。この場合における複素環は、式(41)中央の縮合2環構造上の窒素原子を含むこととなる。この場合における複素環は、窒素原子以外のヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよい。R401及びR402がa環、b環又はc環と結合するとは、具体的には、a環、b環又はc環を構成する原子とR401及びR402を構成する原子が結合することを意味する。例えば、R401がa環と結合して、R401を含む環とa環が縮合した2環縮合(又は3環縮合以上)の含窒素複素環を形成してもよい。当該含窒素複素環の具体例としては、具体例群G2のうち、窒素を含む2環縮合以上の複素環基に対応する化合物等が挙げられる。
 R401がb環と結合する場合、R402がa環と結合する場合、及びR402がc環と結合する場合も上記と同じである。
R 401 and R 402 may be independently bonded to ring a, ring b or ring c to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. The heterocyclic ring in this case will contain a nitrogen atom on the fused bicyclic structure in the center of formula (41). In this case, the heterocyclic ring may contain a hetero atom other than a nitrogen atom. R 401 and R 402 are bonded to ring a, ring b or ring c, specifically, the atom forming ring a, ring b or ring c is bonded to the atom forming ring R 401 or R 402. Means For example, R 401 may be bonded to ring a to form a two-ring fused (or three-ring fused or more) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the ring containing R 401 and the a ring are fused. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing two-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2.
The same applies to the case where R 401 is bonded to ring b, the case where R 402 is bonded to ring a, and the case where R 402 is bonded to ring c.
 一実施形態において、式(41)におけるa環、b環及びc環は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環である。
 一実施形態において、式(41)におけるa環、b環及びc環は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換のベンゼン環又はナフタレン環である。
In one embodiment, ring a, ring b and ring c in formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, ring a, ring b and ring c in formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring or naphthalene ring.
 一実施形態において、式(41)におけるR401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基であり、好ましくは置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, R 401 and R 402 in Formula (41) are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom having 5 to 50 ring atoms. And is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、式(41)で表される化合物は下記式(42)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000163
(式(42)において、
 R401Aは、R411及びR421からなる群から選択される1以上と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。R402Aは、R413及びR414からなる群から選択される1以上と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しないR401A及びR402Aは、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R411~R421のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の複素環又は前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR411~R421は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by formula (41) is a compound represented by formula (42) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000163
(In equation (42),
R 401A combines with one or more selected from the group consisting of R 411 and R 421 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R 402A bonds to one or more selected from the group consisting of R 413 and R 414 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
R 401A and R 402A which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
One or more of adjacent two or more of R 411 to R 421 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
R 411 to R 421 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 式(42)のR401A及びR402Aは、式(41)のR401及びR402に対応する基である。
 例えば、R401AとR411が結合して、これらを含む環とa環に対応するベンゼン環が縮合した2環縮合(又は3環縮合以上)の含窒素複素環を形成してもよい。当該含窒素複素環の具体例としては、具体例群G2のうち、窒素を含む2環縮合以上の複素環基に対応する化合物等が挙げられる。R401AとR412が結合する場合、R402AとR413が結合する場合、及びR402AとR414が結合する場合も上記と同じである。
R 401A and R 402A in the formula (42) are groups corresponding to R 401 and R 402 in the formula (41).
For example, R 401A and R 411 may combine to form a bicyclic fused (or tricyclic fused or more) nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which a ring containing these and a benzene ring corresponding to ring a are fused. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocyclic ring include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing two-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2. The same applies to the case where R 401A and R 412 combine, the case where R 402A and R 413 combine, and the case where R 402A and R 414 combine.
 R411~R421のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成してもよい。例えば、R11とR12が結合して、これらが結合する6員環に対して、ベンゼン環、インドール環、ピロール環、ベンゾフラン環又はベンゾチオフェン環等が縮合した構造を形成してもよく、形成された縮合環は、ナフタレン環、カルバゾール環、インドール環、ジベンゾフラン環又はジベンゾチオフェン環となる。 One or more pairs of adjacent two or more of R 411 to R 421 may be bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. For example, R 11 and R 12 may be bonded to form a structure in which a benzene ring, an indole ring, a pyrrole ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, or the like is condensed to a 6-membered ring to which these are bonded, The formed condensed ring becomes a naphthalene ring, a carbazole ring, an indole ring, a dibenzofuran ring or a dibenzothiophene ring.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR411~R421は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring carbon number having 6 to 50 carbon atoms. Or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR411~R421は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom number. 5 to 50 monovalent heterocyclic groups.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR411~R421は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR411~R421は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基であり、R411~R421のうち少なくとも1つは置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 411 to R 421 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 411 to R 421 One is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、前記式(42)で表される化合物は、下記式(43)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000164
(式(43)において、
 R431は、R446と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。R433は、R447と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。R434は、R451と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。R441は、R442と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。
 R431~R451のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の複素環又は前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR431~R451は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (42) is a compound represented by the following formula (43).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000164
(In formula (43),
R 431 combines with R 446 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R 433 combines with R 447 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R 434 bonds to R 451 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. R 441 combines with R 442 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or does not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring.
One or more of adjacent two or more of R 431 to R 451 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
R 431 to R 451 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 R431は、R446と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成してもよい。例えば、R431とR446が結合して、R46が結合するベンゼン環と、Nを含む環と、a環に対応するベンゼン環とが縮合した3環縮合以上の含窒素複素環を形成してもよい。当該含窒素複素環の具体例としては、具体例群G2のうち、窒素を含む3環縮合以上の複素環基に対応する化合物等が挙げられる。R433とR447が結合する場合、R434とR451が結合する場合、及びR441とR442が結合する場合も上記と同じである。 R 431 may combine with R 446 to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle. For example, R 431 and R 446 combine to form a 3- or more-fused nitrogen-containing heterocycle in which the benzene ring to which R 46 is attached, the ring containing N, and the benzene ring corresponding to ring a are fused. You may. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing heterocycle include compounds corresponding to a nitrogen-containing three-ring fused or more heterocyclic group in Specific Example Group G2. The same applies to the case where R 433 and R 447 are bonded, the case where R 434 and R 451 are bonded, and the case where R 441 and R 442 are bonded.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR431~R451は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, R 431 to R 451 which do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming carbon number 6 to 50. Or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR431~R451は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted ring-forming atom number. 5 to 50 monovalent heterocyclic groups.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR431~R451は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、環形成に寄与しないR431~R451は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基であり、R431~R451のうち少なくとも1つは置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 431 to R 451 that do not contribute to ring formation are each independently a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, and at least one of R 431 to R 451 is preferred. One is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、前記式(43)で表される化合物は、下記式(43A)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000165
(式(43A)において、
461は、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
462~R465はそれぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43A).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000165
(In the formula (43A),
R 461 is
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R 462 to R 465 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. )
 一実施形態において、R461~R465は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, R 461 to R 465 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、R461~R465は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 461 to R 465 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、前記式(43)で表される化合物は、下記式(43B)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000166
(式(43B)において、
471及びR472は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
473~R475は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
 R906及びR907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43B).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000166
(In equation (43B),
R 471 and R 472 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R 473 to R 475 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R 906 and R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 一実施形態において、前記式(43)で表される化合物は、下記式(43B’)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000167
(式(43B’)において、R472~R475は、前記式(43B)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43B ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000167
(In the formula (43B ′), R 472 to R 475 are as defined in the formula (43B).)
 一実施形態において、R471~R475のうち少なくとも1つは、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
In one embodiment, at least one of R 471 to R 475 is
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、
 R472は、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基であり、
 R471及びR473~R475は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
-N(R906)(R907)、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
In one embodiment,
R 472 is
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
—N (R 906 ) (R 907 ), or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
R 471 and R 473 to R 475 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
—N (R 906 ) (R 907 ) or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、前記式(43)で表される化合物は、下記式(43C)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000168
(式(43C)において、
481及びR482は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
483~R486は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43C).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000168
(In the formula (43C),
R 481 and R 482 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
R 483 to R 486 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
It is a substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms. )
 一実施形態において、前記式(43)で表される化合物は、下記式(43C’)で表される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000169
(式(43C’)において、R483~R486は、前記式(43C)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (43) is a compound represented by the following formula (43C ′).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000169
(In the formula (43C ′), R 483 to R 486 are as defined in the formula (43C).)
 一実施形態において、R481~R486は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, R 481 to R 486 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、R481~R486は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, R 481 to R 486 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 式(41)で表される化合物は、まずa環、b環及びc環を連結基(N-Rを含む基及びN-Rを含む基)で結合させることで中間体を製造し(第1反応)、a環、b環及びc環を連結基(Bを含む基)で結合させることで最終生成物を製造することができる(第2反応)。第1反応ではバッハブルト-ハートウィッグ反応等のアミノ化反応を適用できる。第2反応では、タンデムヘテロフリーデルクラフツ反応等を適用できる。 The compound represented by the formula (41) is prepared as an intermediate by first connecting the a ring, b ring and c ring with a linking group (a group containing NR 1 and a group containing NR 2 ). (First reaction), the final product can be produced by bonding ring a, ring b and ring c with a linking group (group containing B) (second reaction). In the first reaction, an amination reaction such as a Bhabhurt-Hartwig reaction can be applied. In the second reaction, a tandem hetero Friedel-Crafts reaction or the like can be applied.
 以下に、式(41)で表される化合物の具体例を記載するが、これらは例示に過ぎず、式(41)で表される化合物は下記具体例に限定されるものではない。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基、tBuはtert-ブチル基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000170
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000171
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000172
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000173
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000174
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000175
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000176
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000177
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000178
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000179
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000180
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000181
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000182
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000183
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000184
Hereinafter, specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (41) will be described, but these are merely examples, and the compound represented by the formula (41) is not limited to the following specific examples. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group and tBu represents a tert-butyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000170
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000171
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000172
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000173
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000174
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000175
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000176
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000177
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000178
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000179
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000180
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000181
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000182
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000183
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000184
(式(51)で表される化合物)
 式(51)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000185
(式(51)において、
 r環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(52)又は式(53)で表される環である。
 q環及びs環は、それぞれ独立に、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(54)で表される環である。
 p環及びt環は、それぞれ独立に、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(55)又は式(56)で表される構造である。
 R501が複数存在する場合、隣接する複数のR501は互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 X501は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はNR502である。
 前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR501及びR502は、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
 Ar501及びAr502は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 L501は、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリーレン基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の2価の複素環基である。
 m1は、それぞれ独立に0~2の整数であり、m2は、それぞれ独立に0~4の整数であり、m3は、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数であり、m4は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数である。R501が複数存在する場合、複数のR501は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
(Compound represented by Formula (51))
The compound represented by the formula (51) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000185
(In equation (51),
The r ring is a ring represented by the formula (52) or the formula (53) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the formula (54) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
The p-ring and the t-ring each have a structure represented by the formula (55) or (56), which is independently condensed at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
If R 501 there are a plurality and do not form a plurality of adjacent R 501 is bonded to either form a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated with one another, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring .
X 501 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 502 .
R 501 and R 502 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
Ar 501 and Ar 502 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
L 501 is
A substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
m1 is each independently an integer of 0 to 2, m2 is each independently an integer of 0 to 4, m3 is each independently an integer of 0 to 3, and m4 is each independently 0 to 2. It is an integer of 5. If R 501 there are a plurality to plurality of R 501 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
 式(51)において、p環~t環の各環は、隣接環と炭素原子2つを共有して縮合する。縮合する位置や向きは限定されず、任意の位置・向きで縮合可能である。 に お い て In the formula (51), each of the rings p to t is fused by sharing two carbon atoms with an adjacent ring. The position and direction of condensation are not limited, and condensation can be performed at any position and direction.
 一実施形態において、r環の式(52)又は式(53)において、R501は水素原子である。 In one embodiment, in Formula (52) or Formula (53) for the r-ring, R 501 is a hydrogen atom.
 一実施形態において、式(51)で表される化合物は下記式(51-1)~(51-6)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000186
(式(51-1)~(51-6)において、R501、X501、Ar501、Ar502、L501、m1及びm3は、前記式(51)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-1) to (51-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000186
(In the formulas (51-1) to (51-6), R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1 and m3 are as defined in the formula (51).)
 一実施形態において、式(51)で表される化合物は下記式(51-11)~(51-13)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000187
(式(51-11)~(51-13)において、R501、X501、Ar501、Ar502、L501、m1、m3及びm4は、前記式(51)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-11) to (51-13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000187
(In Formulas (51-11) to (51-13), R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1, m3, and m4 are as defined in Formula (51).)
 一実施形態において、式(51)で表される化合物は下記式(51-21)~(51-25)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000188
(式(51-21)~(51-25)において、R501、X501、Ar501、Ar502、L501、m1及びm4は、前記式(51)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-21) to (51-25).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000188
(In the formulas (51-21) to (51-25), R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , m1 and m4 are as defined in the formula (51).)
 一実施形態において、式(51)で表される化合物は下記式(51-31)~(51-33)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000189
(式(51-31)~(51-33)において、R501、X501、Ar501、Ar502、L501、m2~m4は、前記式(51)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (51) is represented by any of the following formulas (51-31) to (51-33).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000189
(In the formulas (51-31) to (51-33), R 501 , X 501 , Ar 501 , Ar 502 , L 501 , and m2 to m4 are as defined in the formula (51).)
 一実施形態においては、Ar501及びAr502が、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, Ar 501 and Ar 502 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態においては、Ar501及びAr502の一方が置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基であり、他方が置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。 In one embodiment, one of Ar 501 and Ar 502 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, and the other is a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent monovalent having 5 to 50 ring atom atoms. It is a heterocyclic group.
 式(51)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。 化合物 Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (51) include the following compounds. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000190
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000190
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000191
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000191
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000192
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000192
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000193
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000193
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000194
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000194
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000195
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000195
(式(61)で表される化合物)
 式(61)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000196
(式(61)において、
 R601とR602、R602とR603、及びR603とR604の少なくとも一組は互いに結合して下記式(62)で示される2価の基を形成する。
 R605とR606、R606とR607、及びR607とR608の少なくとも一組は互いに結合して下記式(63)で示される2価の基を形成する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000197
 R601~R604のうち前記式(62)で示される2価の基を形成しないもの、及びR611~R614の少なくとも1つは下記式(64)で表される1価の基である。
 R605~R608のうち前記式(63)で示される2価の基を形成しないもの、及びR621~R624の少なくとも1つは下記式(64)で表される1価の基である。
 X601は酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はNR609である。
 前記式(62)及び(63)で表される2価の基を形成せず、かつ、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR601~R608、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR611~R614及びR621~R624、並びにR609は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000198
 式(64)において、Ar601及びAr602は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 L601~L603は、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基、又は
これらが2~4個結合して形成される2価の連結基である。)
(Compound represented by Formula (61))
The compound represented by the formula (61) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000196
(In equation (61),
At least one pair of R 601 and R 602 , R 602 and R 603 , and R 603 and R 604 combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following formula (62).
At least one pair of R 605 and R 606 , R 606 and R 607 , and R 607 and R 608 combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following formula (63).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000197
Of R 601 to R 604 , those which do not form a divalent group represented by the above formula (62), and at least one of R 611 to R 614 are monovalent groups represented by the following formula (64) .
Among R 605 to R 608 , those which do not form the divalent group represented by the above formula (63), and at least one of R 621 to R 624 are monovalent groups represented by the following formula (64). .
X 601 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 609 .
R 601 to R 608 , which do not form the divalent group represented by the formulas (62) and (63) and are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (64), the formula (64) R 611 to R 614 and R 621 to R 624 , and R 609 which are not a monovalent group represented by
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000198
In the formula (64), Ar 601 and Ar 602 are each independently:
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
L 601 to L 603 are independently
Single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by combining 2 to 4 of these. )
 式(61)において、式(62)で示される2価の基及び式(63)で示される2価の基が形成される位置は特に限定されず、R601~R608の可能な位置において当該基を形成し得る。 In the formula (61), the positions where the divalent group represented by the formula (62) and the divalent group represented by the formula (63) are formed are not particularly limited, and the positions where R 601 to R 608 are possible Such groups can be formed.
 一実施形態において、式(61)で表される化合物は、下記式(61-1)~(61-6)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000199
(式(61-1)~(61-6)において、X601は前記式(61)で定義した通りである。
 R601~R624の少なくとも2つは前記式(64)で表される1価の基である。
 前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR601~R624は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (61) is represented by any of the following formulas (61-1) to (61-6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000199
(In the formulas (61-1) to (61-6), X 601 is as defined in the formula (61).
At least two of R 601 to R 624 are monovalent groups represented by the above formula (64).
R 601 to R 624 which are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (64) are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 一実施形態において、式(61)で表される化合物は、下記式(61-7)~(61-18)のいずれかで表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000200
(式(61-7)~(61-18)において、X601は前記式(61)で定義した通りである。*は前記式(64)で表される1価の基と結合する単結合である。R601~R624は、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR601~R624と同じである。)
In one embodiment, the compound represented by the formula (61) is represented by any of the following formulas (61-7) to (61-18).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000200
(In the formulas (61-7) to (61-18), X 601 is as defined in the formula (61). * Represents a single bond bonded to the monovalent group represented by the formula (64). R 601 to R 624 are the same as R 601 to R 624 which are not a monovalent group represented by the formula (64).
 前記式(62)及び(63)で表される2価の基を形成せず、かつ、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR601~R608、及び、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR611~R614及びR621~R624は、好ましくは、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
R 601 to R 608 which do not form the divalent group represented by the formulas (62) and (63) and are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (64); R 611 to R 614 and R 621 to R 624 which are not monovalent groups represented by 64) are preferably each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
 式(64)で表される1価の基は、好ましくは下記式(65)又は(66)で表される。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000201
(式(65)において、R631~R640は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
The monovalent group represented by the formula (64) is preferably represented by the following formula (65) or (66).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000201
(In the formula (65), R 631 to R 640 are independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000202
(式(66)において、Ar601、L601及びL603は前記式(64)で定義した通りである。HAr601は下記式(67)で表される構造である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000203
 式(67)において、X602は酸素原子又は硫黄原子である。
 R641~R648のいずれか1つはL603に結合する単結合である。
 単結合ではないR641~R648は、、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000202
(In the formula (66), Ar 601 , L 601 and L 603 are as defined in the above formula (64). HAr 601 is a structure represented by the following formula (67).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000203
In the formula (67), X 602 is an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom.
Any one of R 641 to R 648 is a single bond bonded to L 603 .
R 641 to R 648 which are not a single bond are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 式(61)で表される化合物としては、国際公開2014/104144号に記載の化合物の他、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000204
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000205
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000206
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000207
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000208
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000209
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000210
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000211
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000212
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000213
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000214
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000215
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000216
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000217
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000218
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000219
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000220
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000221
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000222
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000223
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000224
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000225
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000226
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000227
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000228
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000229
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000230
As the compound represented by the formula (61), in addition to the compounds described in International Publication 2014/104144, for example, the compounds shown below can be mentioned as specific examples. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000204
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000205
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000206
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000207
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000208
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000209
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000210
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000211
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000212
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000213
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000214
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000215
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000216
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000217
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000218
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000219
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000220
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000221
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000222
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000223
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000224
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000225
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000226
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000227
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000228
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000229
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000230
(式(71)で表される化合物)
 式(71)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000231
(式(71)において、
 A701環及びA702環は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
 A701環及びA702環からなる群から選択される一以上は、下記式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000232
 式(72)において、
 A703環は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
 X701は、NR703、C(R704)(R705)、Si(R706)(R707)、Ge(R708)(R709)、O、S又はSeである。
 R701及びR702は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
 置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR701及びR702、並びにR703~R709は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
(Compound represented by Formula (71))
The compound represented by the formula (71) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000231
(In equation (71),
A 701 ring and A 702 ring are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
At least one selected from the group consisting of the ring A 701 and the ring A 702 bonds to a bond * of a structure represented by the following formula (72).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000232
In equation (72),
A 703 rings are each independently:
A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
X 701 is NR 703 , C (R 704 ) (R 705 ), Si (R 706 ) (R 707 ), Ge (R 708 ) (R 709 ), O, S or Se.
R 701 and R 702 combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
R 701 and R 702 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and R 703 to R 709 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
 A701環及びA702環からなる群から選択される一以上は、式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。即ち、一実施形態において、A701環の前記芳香族炭化水素環の環形成炭素原子、又は前記複素環の環形成原子は、式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。また、一実施形態において、A702環の前記芳香族炭化水素環の環形成炭素原子、又は前記複素環の環形成原子は、式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。 At least one selected from the group consisting of the ring A 701 and the ring A 702 bonds to a bond * of the structure represented by the formula (72). That is, in one embodiment, the ring-forming carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring A 701 ring, or ring-forming atoms of the heterocycle, binds to bond structure represented by the formula (72) *. Also, in one embodiment, the ring-forming carbon atoms of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring A 702 ring, or ring-forming atoms of the heterocycle, binds to bond structure represented by the formula (72) *.
 一実施形態において、A701環及びA702環のいずれか又は両方に下記式(73)で表される基が結合する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000233
(式(73)において、Ar701及びAr702は、それぞれ独立に、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 L701~L703は、それぞれ独立に、
単結合、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基、又は
これらが2~4個結合して形成される2価の連結基である。)
In one embodiment, the group represented by the following formula (73) to one or both of the A 701 ring and A 702 ring is bonded.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000233
(In the formula (73), Ar 701 and Ar 702 are each independently
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
L 701 to L 703 are each independently
Single bond,
A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by combining 2 to 4 of these. )
 一実施形態において、A701環に加えて、A702環の前記芳香族炭化水素環の環形成炭素原子、又は前記複素環の環形成原子は、式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。この場合、式(72)で表される構造は同一でもよいし異なってもよい。 In one embodiment, in addition to the ring A 701 , the ring-forming carbon atom of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring of the ring A 702 or the ring-forming atom of the heterocyclic ring has a bond of a structure represented by the formula (72). Combine with *. In this case, the structures represented by formula (72) may be the same or different.
 一実施形態において、R701及びR702は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。
 一実施形態において、R701及びR702は、互いに結合してフルオレン構造を形成する。
In one embodiment, R 701 and R 702 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
In one embodiment, R 701 and R 702 combine with each other to form a fluorene structure.
 一実施形態において、環A701及び環A702は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環であり、例えば、置換もしくは無置換のベンゼン環である。 In one embodiment, Ring A 701 and Ring A 702 are a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
 一実施形態において、環A703は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環であり、例えば、置換もしくは無置換のベンゼン環である。
 一実施形態において、X701は、O又はSである。
In one embodiment, ring A 703 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, for example, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring.
In one embodiment, X 701 is O or S.
 式(71)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。下記具体例中、Meはメチル基を示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000234
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000235
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000236
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000237
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (71) include the compounds shown below. In the following specific examples, Me represents a methyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000234
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000235
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000236
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000237
(式(81)で表される化合物)
 式(81)で表される化合物について説明する。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000238
(式(81)において、
 A801環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(82)で表される環である。
 A802環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(83)で表される環である。2つの結合手*はA803環の任意の位置と結合する。
 X801及びX802は、それぞれ独立に、C(R803)(R804)、Si(R805)(R806)、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
 A803環は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
 Ar801は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R801~R806は、それぞれ独立に、
水素原子、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
-Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
-O-(R904)、
-S-(R905)、
-N(R906)(R907)、
ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
 R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
 m801及びm802は、それぞれ独立に、0~2の整数である。これらが2の場合、複数のR801又はR802は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 a801は0~2の整数である。a801が0又は1の場合、「3-a801」で示されるカッコ内の構造は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。a801が2の場合、Ar801は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
(Compound represented by Formula (81))
The compound represented by the formula (81) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000238
(In equation (81),
The ring A 801 is a ring represented by the formula (82) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
The ring A 802 is a ring represented by the formula (83) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring. The two bonding hands * bond to an arbitrary position on the A803 ring.
X 801 and X 802 are each independently C (R 803 ) (R 804 ), Si (R 805 ) (R 806 ), an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
Ring A 803 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
Ar 801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
R 801 to R 806 are each independently
Hydrogen atom,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
—Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
—O— (R 904 ),
-S- (R 905 ),
-N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
m801 and m802 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2. When these are 2, a plurality of R 801 or R 802 may be the same as or different from each other.
a801 is an integer of 0 to 2. When a801 is 0 or 1, the structures in parentheses represented by “3-a801” may be the same or different. If a801 is 2, to Ar 801 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
 一実施形態において、Ar801は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である。 In one embodiment, Ar 801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、環A803は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環であり、例えば、置換もしくは無置換のベンゼン環、置換もしくは無置換のナフタレン環、又は置換もしくは無置換のアントラセン環である。 In one embodiment, ring A 803 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, such as a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring, a substituted or unsubstituted naphthalene ring, or It is a substituted or unsubstituted anthracene ring.
 一実施形態において、R803及びR804は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基である。 In one embodiment, R 803 and R 804 are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms.
 一実施形態において、a801は1である。 に お い て In one embodiment, a801 is 1.
 式(81)で表される化合物としては、例えば、以下に示す化合物が具体例として挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000239
Specific examples of the compound represented by the formula (81) include the compounds shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000239
 式(1)で表される化合物(ホスト材料)の発光層中の含有量は、発光層全体に対して、80質量%以上99質量%以下が好ましい。また、式(11)、(21)、(31)、(41)、(51)、(61)、(71)及び(81)からなる群から選択される1以上の化合物(ドーパント材料)の発光層中の含有量は、発光層全体に対して、1質量%以上20質量%以下が好ましい。 The content of the compound (host material) represented by the formula (1) in the light emitting layer is preferably 80% by mass or more and 99% by mass or less based on the entire light emitting layer. In addition, one or more compounds (dopant materials) selected from the group consisting of formulas (11), (21), (31), (41), (51), (61), (71) and (81) The content in the light emitting layer is preferably 1% by mass or more and 20% by mass or less based on the entire light emitting layer.
 以下、本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子で用いることができる部材、及び各層を構成する、上記化合物以外の材料等について説明する。 Hereinafter, members that can be used in the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention and materials other than the above compounds, which constitute each layer, will be described.
(基板)
 基板は、発光素子の支持体として用いられる。基板としては、例えば、ガラス、石英、プラスチック等を用いることができる。また、可撓性基板を用いてもよい。可撓性基板とは、折り曲げることができる(フレキシブル)基板のことであり、例えば、ポリカーボネート、ポリ塩化ビニルからなるプラスチック基板等が挙げられる。
(substrate)
The substrate is used as a support for the light emitting device. As the substrate, for example, glass, quartz, plastic, or the like can be used. Alternatively, a flexible substrate may be used. The flexible substrate is a substrate that can be bent (flexible), and examples thereof include a plastic substrate made of polycarbonate and polyvinyl chloride.
(陽極)
 基板上に形成される陽極には、仕事関数の大きい(具体的には4.0eV以上)金属、合金、電気伝導性化合物、及びこれらの混合物等を用いることが好ましい。具体的には、例えば、酸化インジウム-酸化スズ(ITO:Indium Tin Oxide)、珪素若しくは酸化珪素を含有した酸化インジウム-酸化スズ、酸化インジウム-酸化亜鉛、酸化タングステン、及び酸化亜鉛を含有した酸化インジウム、グラフェン等が挙げられる。この他、金(Au)、白金(Pt)、又は金属材料の窒化物(例えば、窒化チタン)等が挙げられる。
(anode)
It is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a large work function (specifically, 4.0 eV or more) for the anode formed on the substrate. Specifically, for example, indium oxide-tin oxide (ITO), indium oxide-tin oxide containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium oxide-zinc oxide, tungsten oxide, and indium oxide containing zinc oxide , Graphene and the like. In addition, gold (Au), platinum (Pt), a nitride of a metal material (for example, titanium nitride), and the like are given.
(正孔注入層)
 正孔注入層は、正孔注入性の高い物質を含む層である。正孔注入性の高い物質としては、モリブデン酸化物、チタン酸化物、バナジウム酸化物、レニウム酸化物、ルテニウム酸化物、クロム酸化物、ジルコニウム酸化物、ハフニウム酸化物、タンタル酸化物、銀酸化物、タングステン酸化物、マンガン酸化物、芳香族アミン化合物、又は高分子化合物(オリゴマー、デンドリマー、ポリマー等)等も使用できる。
(Hole injection layer)
The hole-injection layer is a layer containing a substance having a high hole-injection property. Materials having a high hole-injecting property include molybdenum oxide, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, rhenium oxide, ruthenium oxide, chromium oxide, zirconium oxide, hafnium oxide, tantalum oxide, silver oxide, Tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, aromatic amine compounds, or high molecular compounds (oligomers, dendrimers, polymers, and the like) can also be used.
(正孔輸送層)
 正孔輸送層は、正孔輸送性の高い物質を含む層である。正孔輸送層には、芳香族アミン化合物、カルバゾール誘導体、アントラセン誘導体等を使用する事ができる。ポリ(N-ビニルカルバゾール)(略称:PVK)やポリ(4-ビニルトリフェニルアミン)(略称:PVTPA)等の高分子化合物を用いることもできる。但し、電子よりも正孔の輸送性の高い物質であれば、これら以外のものを用いてもよい。尚、正孔輸送性の高い物質を含む層は、単層のものだけでなく、上記物質からなる層が二層以上積層したものとしてもよい。
(Hole transport layer)
The hole-transporting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high hole-transporting property. An aromatic amine compound, a carbazole derivative, an anthracene derivative or the like can be used for the hole transport layer. A high molecular compound such as poly (N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviation: PVK) or poly (4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviation: PVTPA) can also be used. However, any substance other than these substances may be used as long as it has a property of transporting more holes than electrons. Note that the layer containing a substance having a high hole-transport property is not limited to a single layer, and may be a layer in which two or more layers of the above substances are stacked.
(発光層のゲスト材料)
 発光層は、発光性の高い物質を含む層であり、種々の材料を用いることができる。例えば、発光性の高い物質としては、蛍光を発光する蛍光性化合物や燐光を発光する燐光性化合物を用いることができる。蛍光性化合物は一重項励起状態から発光可能な化合物であり、燐光性化合物は三重項励起状態から発光可能な化合物である。
 発光層に用いることができる青色系の蛍光発光材料として、ピレン誘導体、スチリルアミン誘導体、クリセン誘導体、フルオランテン誘導体、フルオレン誘導体、ジアミン誘導体、トリアリールアミン誘導体等が使用できる。発光層に用いることができる緑色系の蛍光発光材料として、芳香族アミン誘導体等を使用できる。発光層に用いることができる赤色系の蛍光発光材料として、テトラセン誘導体、ジアミン誘導体等が使用できる。
 発光層に用いることができる青色系の燐光発光材料として、イリジウム錯体、オスミウム錯体、白金錯体等の金属錯体が使用される。発光層に用いることができる緑色系の燐光発光材料としてイリジウム錯体等が使用される。発光層に用いることができる赤色系の燐光発光材料として、イリジウム錯体、白金錯体、テルビウム錯体、ユーロピウム錯体等の金属錯体が使用される。
(Guest material of the light emitting layer)
The light-emitting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high light-emitting property, and various materials can be used. For example, as the substance having a high light emitting property, a fluorescent compound that emits fluorescence or a phosphorescent compound that emits phosphorescence can be used. The fluorescent compound is a compound capable of emitting light from a singlet excited state, and the phosphorescent compound is a compound capable of emitting light from a triplet excited state.
As a blue fluorescent light-emitting material that can be used for the light-emitting layer, a pyrene derivative, a styrylamine derivative, a chrysene derivative, a fluoranthene derivative, a fluorene derivative, a diamine derivative, a triarylamine derivative, or the like can be used. As a green fluorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer, an aromatic amine derivative or the like can be used. As a red fluorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer, a tetracene derivative, a diamine derivative, or the like can be used.
As a blue phosphorescent material that can be used for the light-emitting layer, a metal complex such as an iridium complex, an osmium complex, and a platinum complex is used. An iridium complex or the like is used as a green phosphorescent material that can be used for the light emitting layer. A metal complex such as an iridium complex, a platinum complex, a terbium complex, or a europium complex is used as a red phosphorescent light emitting material that can be used for the light emitting layer.
(発光層のホスト材料)
 発光層としては、上述した発光性の高い物質(ゲスト材料)を他の物質(ホスト材料)に分散させた構成としてもよい。発光性の高い物質を分散させるための物質としては、各種のものを用いることができ、発光性の高い物質よりも最低空軌道準位(LUMO準位)が高く、最高被占有軌道準位(HOMO準位)が低い物質を用いることが好ましい。
 発光性の高い物質を分散させるための物質(ホスト材料)としては、1)アルミニウム錯体、ベリリウム錯体、若しくは亜鉛錯体等の金属錯体、2)オキサジアゾール誘導体、ベンゾイミダゾール誘導体、若しくはフェナントロリン誘導体等の複素環化合物、3)カルバゾール誘導体、アントラセン誘導体、フェナントレン誘導体、ピレン誘導体、若しくはクリセン誘導体等の縮合芳香族化合物、3)トリアリールアミン誘導体、若しくは縮合多環芳香族アミン誘導体等の芳香族アミン化合物が使用される。
(The host material of the light emitting layer)
The light-emitting layer may have a structure in which the above substance having a high light-emitting property (guest material) is dispersed in another substance (host material). As a substance for dispersing a substance having a high light-emitting property, various substances can be used, the lowest unoccupied orbital level (LUMO level) is higher than the substance having a high light-emitting property, and the highest occupied orbital level ( It is preferable to use a substance having a low HOMO level).
As a substance (host material) for dispersing a substance having a high light-emitting property, 1) a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, a beryllium complex, or a zinc complex; 2) an oxadiazole derivative, a benzimidazole derivative, or a phenanthroline derivative; A heterocyclic compound, 3) a condensed aromatic compound such as a carbazole derivative, an anthracene derivative, a phenanthrene derivative, a pyrene derivative, or a chrysene derivative; 3) an aromatic amine compound such as a triarylamine derivative or a condensed polycyclic aromatic amine derivative; used.
(電子輸送層)
 電子輸送層は、電子輸送性の高い物質を含む層である。電子輸送層には、1)アルミニウム錯体、ベリリウム錯体、亜鉛錯体等の金属錯体、2)イミダゾール誘導体、ベンゾイミダゾール誘導体、アジン誘導体、カルバゾール誘導体、フェナントロリン誘導体等の複素芳香族化合物、3)高分子化合物を使用することができる。
(Electron transport layer)
The electron-transporting layer is a layer containing a substance having a high electron-transporting property. In the electron transport layer, 1) a metal complex such as an aluminum complex, a beryllium complex or a zinc complex, 2) a heteroaromatic compound such as an imidazole derivative, a benzimidazole derivative, an azine derivative, a carbazole derivative or a phenanthroline derivative, 3) a polymer compound Can be used.
(電子注入層)
 電子注入層は、電子注入性の高い物質を含む層である。電子注入層には、リチウム(Li)、イッテルビウム(Yb)、フッ化リチウム(LiF)、フッ化セシウム(CsF)、フッ化カルシウム(CaF)、8-ヒドロキシキノリノラト-リチウム(Liq)等の金属錯体化合物、リチウム酸化物(LiO)等のアルカリ金属、アルカリ土類金属、又はそれらの化合物を用いることができる。
(Electron injection layer)
The electron-injection layer is a layer containing a substance having a high electron-injection property. For the electron injection layer, lithium (Li), ytterbium (Yb), lithium fluoride (LiF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF 2 ), 8-hydroxyquinolinolato-lithium (Liq), etc. Or an alkali metal such as lithium oxide (LiO x ), an alkaline earth metal, or a compound thereof.
(陰極)
 陰極には、仕事関数の小さい(具体的には3.8eV以下)金属、合金、電気伝導性化合物、及びこれらの混合物等を用いることが好ましい。このような陰極材料の具体例としては、元素周期表の第1族又は第2族に属する元素、即ち、リチウム(Li)やセシウム(Cs)等のアルカリ金属、及びマグネシウム(Mg)、カルシウム(Ca)、ストロンチウム(Sr)等のアルカリ土類金属、及びこれらを含む合金(例えば、MgAg、AlLi)、ユーロピウム(Eu)、イッテルビウム(Yb)等の希土類金属及びこれらを含む合金等が挙げられる。
(cathode)
It is preferable to use a metal, an alloy, an electrically conductive compound, a mixture thereof, or the like having a low work function (specifically, 3.8 eV or less) for the cathode. Specific examples of such a cathode material include elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table, that is, alkali metals such as lithium (Li) and cesium (Cs), and magnesium (Mg) and calcium ( Alkaline earth metals such as Ca) and strontium (Sr); alloys containing these (eg, MgAg, AlLi); rare earth metals such as europium (Eu) and ytterbium (Yb); and alloys containing these.
 本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子において、各層の形成方法は特に限定されない。従来公知の真空蒸着法、スピンコーティング法等による形成方法を用いることができる。発光層等の各層は、真空蒸着法、分子線蒸着法(MBE法)あるいは溶媒に解かした溶液のディッピング法、スピンコーティング法、キャスティング法、バーコート法、ロールコート法等の塗布法による公知の方法で形成することができる。 方法 In the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention, a method for forming each layer is not particularly limited. A conventionally known formation method such as a vacuum evaporation method and a spin coating method can be used. Each layer such as a light-emitting layer is formed by a known method such as a vacuum evaporation method, a molecular beam evaporation method (MBE method), or a dipping method of a solution dissolved in a solvent, a spin coating method, a casting method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, or the like. It can be formed by a method.
 本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子において、各層の膜厚は特に制限されないが、一般にピンホール等の欠陥を抑制し、印加電圧を低く抑え、発光効率をよくするため、通常は数nmから1μmの範囲が好ましい。 In the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention, the thickness of each layer is not particularly limited, but is generally from several nm to suppress defects such as pinholes, suppress applied voltage, and improve luminous efficiency. A range of 1 μm is preferred.
[電子機器]
 本発明の一態様に係る電子機器は、本発明の一態様に係る有機EL素子を備えることを特徴とする。
 電子機器の具体例としては、有機ELパネルモジュール等の表示部品、テレビ、携帯電話、又はパーソナルコンピュータ等の表示装置、及び、照明、又は車両用灯具等の発光装置等が挙げられる。
[Electronics]
An electronic device according to one embodiment of the present invention includes the organic EL element according to one embodiment of the present invention.
Specific examples of the electronic device include a display component such as an organic EL panel module, a display device such as a television, a mobile phone, or a personal computer, and a light emitting device such as a lighting device or a vehicular lamp.
 次に、実施例、比較例を挙げて本発明をさらに詳しく説明するが、本発明はこれらの実施例の記載内容に何ら制限されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described in more detail with reference to Examples and Comparative Examples, but the present invention is not limited to the description of these Examples.
合成例1[化合物BH-1の合成]
(中間体1の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、フェニルボロン酸6.4g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、10.9gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体1と同定した(収率83%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000240
Synthesis Example 1 [Synthesis of Compound BH-1]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 1)
Under argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 6.4 g (52.5 mmol) of phenylboronic acid, 1.2 g (1.00 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 in 75 ml of toluene and dimethoxy. 75 ml of ethane and 75 ml (150.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 10.9 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 1 (yield 83%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000240
(中間体2の合成)
 中間体1 5.3g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で洗浄し、分離した有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100ml)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、6.5gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体2と同定した(収率95%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000241
(Synthesis of Intermediate 2)
A solution prepared by dissolving 5.3 g (20.0 mmol) of Intermediate 1 in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water, and the separated organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 ml) and the precipitated crystals were obtained to obtain 6.5 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 2 (yield 95%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000241
(化合物BH-1の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体2 1.7g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.7gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-1と同定した(収率70%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000242
(Synthesis of Compound BH-1)
Under an argon atmosphere, 1.7 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 2, 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.7 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-1 (yield 70%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000242
合成例2[化合物BH-2の合成]
(中間体3の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、1-ナフタレンボロン酸9.0g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、13.3gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体3と同定した(収率85%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000243
Synthesis Example 2 [Synthesis of Compound BH-2]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 3)
Under an argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 9.0 g (52.5 mmol) of 1-naphthaleneboronic acid, 1.2 g (1.00 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 and 75 ml of toluene. , Dimethoxyethane (75 ml) and a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution (75 ml, 150.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 13.3 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 3 (yield 85%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000243
(中間体4の合成)
 中間体3 6.3g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で3回洗浄した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100mL)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、7.5gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体4と同定した(収率96%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000244
(Synthesis of Intermediate 4)
A solution prepared by dissolving 6.3 g (20.0 mmol) of Intermediate 3 in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water three times. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 mL) to precipitate crystals, and 7.5 g of a white solid was obtained. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 4 (yield 96%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000244
(化合物BH-2の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体4 2.0g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.9gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-2と同定した(収率73%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000245
(Synthesis of Compound BH-2)
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.0 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 4 , 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.9 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-2 (yield 73%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000245
合成例3[化合物BH-3の合成]
(中間体5の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、4-(1-ナフチル)フェニルボロン酸13.0g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、15.6gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体5と同定した(収率80%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000246
Synthesis Example 3 [Synthesis of Compound BH-3]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 5)
Under an argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 13.0 g (52.5 mmol) of 4- (1-naphthyl) phenylboronic acid, and 1.2 g of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 (1. (00 mmol), 75 ml of toluene, 75 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 75 ml (150.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 15.6 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 5 (yield 80%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000246
(中間体6の合成)
 中間体5 7.8g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で3回洗浄した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100ml)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、8.6gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体6と同定した(収率92%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000247
(Synthesis of Intermediate 6)
Intermediate 5: A solution prepared by dissolving 7.8 g (20.0 mmol) of dichloromethane in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water three times. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 ml) and the precipitated crystals were collected to obtain 8.6 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 6 (yield 92%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000247
(化合物BH-3の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体6 2.3g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、2.1gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-3と同定した(収率68%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000248
(Synthesis of Compound BH-3)
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.3 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 6, 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 2.1 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was identified by the following compound BH-3 by FD-MS analysis (yield 68%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000248
合成例4[化合物BH-4の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[1,2-d]フラン-10-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.7gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-4と同定した(収率71%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000249
Synthesis Example 4 [Synthesis of Compound BH-4]
In Synthesis Example 1, 1.4 g (5%) of benzo [b] naphtho [1,2-d] furan-10-boronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid. The reaction was performed in the same manner as above except that 1.7 g of white crystals were obtained. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-4 (yield 71%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000249
合成例5[化合物BH-5の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,1-d]フラン-8-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.6gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-5と同定した(収率65%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000250
Synthesis Example 5 [Synthesis of Compound BH-5]
In Synthesis Example 1, benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-8-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.6 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-5 (yield 65%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000250
合成例6[化合物BH-6の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.4gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-6と同定した(収率57%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000251
Synthesis Example 6 [Synthesis of Compound BH-6]
In Synthesis Example 1, benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the same reaction was performed to obtain 1.4 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-6 (yield 57%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000251
合成例7[化合物BH-7の合成]
(中間体7の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、3-ビフェニルボロン酸10.4g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、13.6gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体7と同定した(収率80%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000252
Synthesis Example 7 [Synthesis of Compound BH-7]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 7)
Under an argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 10.4 g (52.5 mmol) of 3-biphenylboronic acid, 1.2 g (1.00 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 and 75 ml of toluene. , Dimethoxyethane (75 ml) and a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution (75 ml, 150.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 13.6 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 7 (yield 80%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000252
(中間体8の合成)
 中間体7 6.8g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で3回洗浄した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100mL)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、8.0gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体8と同定した(収率96%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000253
(Synthesis of Intermediate 8)
Intermediate 7: A solution prepared by dissolving 6.8 g (20.0 mmol) of dichloromethane in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water three times. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 mL) and the precipitated crystals were obtained to obtain 8.0 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 8 (yield 96%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000253
(化合物BH-7の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体8 2.1g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.7gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-7と同定した(収率60%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000254
(Synthesis of Compound BH-7)
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.1 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 8, 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.7 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-7 (yield 60%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000254
合成例8[化合物BH-8の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,1-d]フラン-7-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.6gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-8と同定した(収率65%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000255
Synthesis Example 8 [Synthesis of Compound BH-8]
In Synthesis Example 1, benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-7-boronic acid was replaced by 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.6 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-8 (yield 65%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000255
合成例9[化合物BH-9の合成]
(中間体9の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、4-ビフェニルボロン酸10.4g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、14.1gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体9と同定した(収率83%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000256
Synthesis Example 9 [Synthesis of Compound BH-9]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 9)
Under an argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 10.4 g (52.5 mmol) of 4-biphenylboronic acid, 1.2 g (1.00 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 and 75 ml of toluene. , Dimethoxyethane (75 ml) and a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution (75 ml, 150.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 14.1 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 9 (yield 83%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000256
(中間体10の合成)
 中間体9 6.8g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で3回洗浄した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100mL)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、8.0gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体10と同定した(収率96%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000257
(Synthesis of Intermediate 10)
A solution prepared by dissolving 6.8 g (20.0 mmol) of Intermediate 9 in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water three times. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 mL) and the precipitated crystals were obtained to obtain 8.0 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 10 (yield 96%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000257
(化合物BH-9の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体10 2.1g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.4gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-9と同定した(収率51%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000258
(Synthesis of Compound BH-9)
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.1 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 10, 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.4 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-9 (yield 51%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000258
合成例10[化合物BH-10の合成]
 合成例7において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,1-d]フラン-7-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行い、1.4gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-10と同定した(収率52%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000259
Synthesis Example 10 [Synthesis of Compound BH-10]
In Synthesis Example 7, benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-7-boronic acid was replaced with 1.4 g (5%) instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-boronic acid. .3 mmol) was used, and the same reaction was performed to obtain 1.4 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-10 (yield 52%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000259
合成例11[化合物BH-11の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりに3-(ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-イル)フェニルボロン酸を1.8g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.5gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-11と同定した(収率53%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000260
Synthesis Example 11 [Synthesis of Compound BH-11]
In Synthesis Example 1, 3- (benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-yl) phenylboronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid. Was reacted in the same manner except that 1.8 g (5.3 mmol) was used, 1.5 g of white crystals were obtained. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-11 (yield 53%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000260
合成例12[化合物BH-12の合成]
(中間体11の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 13.3g(50.0mmol)、2-ビフェニルボロン酸10.4g(52.5mmol)、Pd[PPh 1.2g(1.00mmol)にトルエン75ml、ジメトキシエタン75ml、2M NaCO水溶液75ml(150.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、10.9gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体11と同定した(収率64%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000261
Synthesis Example 12 [Synthesis of Compound BH-12]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 11)
Under an argon atmosphere, 13.3-g (50.0 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 10.4 g (52.5 mmol) of 2-biphenylboronic acid, 1.2 g (1.00 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 and 75 ml of toluene. , Dimethoxyethane (75 ml) and a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution (75 ml, 150.0 mmol) were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 10.9 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following Intermediate 11 (yield 64%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000261
(中間体12の合成)
 中間体11 6.8g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン120mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素3.2g(20.0mmol)をジクロロメタン12mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに、有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で3回洗浄した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100mL)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、8.0gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体12と同定した(収率96%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000262
(Synthesis of Intermediate 12)
A solution prepared by dissolving 6.8 g (20.0 mmol) of Intermediate 11 in 120 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 3.2 g (20.0 mmol) of bromine in 12 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Furthermore, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water three times. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 mL) and the precipitated crystals were obtained to obtain 8.0 g of a white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 12 (yield 96%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000262
(化合物BH-12の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体12 2.1g(5.0mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸1.4g(5.3mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.1g(0.1mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.7gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-12と同定した(収率60%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000263
(Synthesis of Compound BH-12)
Under an argon atmosphere, 2.1 g (5.0 mmol) of intermediate 12, 1.4 g (5.3 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.1 g (0.1 mmol), 7.5 ml of toluene, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.7 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-12 (yield 60%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000263
合成例13[化合物BH-13の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,1-d]フラン-6-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.2gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-13と同定した(収率50%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000264
Synthesis Example 13 [Synthesis of Compound BH-13]
In Synthesis Example 1, 1.4 g (5%) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,1-d] furan-6-boronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid. .3 mmol) was used, and the reaction was performed in the same manner to obtain 1.2 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-13 (yield 50%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000264
合成例14[化合物BH-14の合成]
 合成例1において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりに4-(ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-1-イル)フェニルボロン酸を1.8g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.5gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-14と同定した(収率55%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000265
Synthesis Example 14 [Synthesis of Compound BH-14]
In Synthesis Example 1, 4- (benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-1-yl) phenylboronic acid was used instead of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid. Was reacted in the same manner except that 1.8 g (5.3 mmol) was used, 1.5 g of white crystals were obtained. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-14 (yield 55%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000265
合成例15[化合物BH-15の合成]
(中間体13の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、9-ブロモアントラセン-d9 1.33g(5.00mmol)、フェニル-d5-ボロン酸0.67g(5.25mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.12g(0.10mmol)にトルエン7.5ml、ジメトキシエタン7.5ml、2M NaCO水溶液7.5ml(15.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、1.07gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体13と同定した(収率80%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000266
Synthesis Example 15 [Synthesis of Compound BH-15]
(Synthesis of Intermediate 13)
1.33 g (5.00 mmol) of 9-bromoanthracene-d9, 0.67 g (5.25 mmol) of phenyl-d5-boronic acid, 0.12 g (0.10 mmol) of Pd [PPh 3 ] 4 and toluene in an argon atmosphere. 7.5 ml, 7.5 ml of dimethoxyethane, 7.5 ml (15.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 1.07 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following Intermediate 13 (yield 80%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000266
(中間体14の合成)
 中間体13 1.07g(4.0mmol)をジクロロメタン25mlに溶解させた溶液を、臭素0.64g(4.0mmol)をジクロロメタン3mlに溶解させた溶液に、室温で滴下して加え、1時間撹拌した。
 反応終了後、試料を分液ロートに移し、2M Na水溶液で洗浄した。さらに有機相を10% NaCOで洗浄し、その後に水で洗浄し、分離した有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。
 濃縮残渣をメタノール(100ml)中に分散させ析出した結晶をし、1.3gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記中間体14と同定した(収率95%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000267
(Synthesis of Intermediate 14)
A solution obtained by dissolving 1.07 g (4.0 mmol) of Intermediate 13 in 25 ml of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a solution prepared by dissolving 0.64 g (4.0 mmol) of bromine in 3 ml of dichloromethane at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. did.
After the reaction was completed, the sample was transferred to a separating funnel and washed with a 2M Na 2 S 2 O 3 aqueous solution. Further, the organic phase was washed with 10% Na 2 CO 3 and then with water, and the separated organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
The concentrated residue was dispersed in methanol (100 ml) to precipitate crystals, and 1.3 g of a white solid was obtained. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following intermediate 14 (yield 95%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000267
(化合物BH-15の合成)
 アルゴン雰囲気下、中間体14 0.87g(2.5mmol)、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸0.69g(2.65mmol)、Pd[PPh 0.06g(0.05mmol)にトルエン5ml、ジメトキシエタン5ml、2M NaCO水溶液5ml(10.0mmol)を加え、10時間加熱還流撹拌した。
 反応終了後、室温に冷却し、試料を分液ロートに移しジクロロメタンにて抽出した。有機相をMgSOで乾燥後、ろ過、濃縮した。濃縮残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィーにて精製し、0.87gの白色固体を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-15と同定した(収率72%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000268
(Synthesis of Compound BH-15)
Under argon atmosphere, 0.87 g (2.5 mmol) of intermediate 14, 0.69 g (2.65 mmol) of benzo [b] naphtho [2,3-d] furan-2-boronic acid, Pd [PPh 3 ] 40 To 0.06 g (0.05 mmol), 5 ml of toluene, 5 ml of dimethoxyethane, and 5 ml (10.0 mmol) of a 2M Na 2 CO 3 aqueous solution were added, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring for 10 hours.
After completion of the reaction, the mixture was cooled to room temperature, transferred to a separating funnel and extracted with dichloromethane. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated. The concentrated residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography to obtain 0.87 g of white solid. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-15 (yield 72%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000268
合成例16[化合物BH-16の合成]
 合成例2において、ベンゾ[b]ナフト[2,3-d]フラン-2-ボロン酸の代わりにベンゾ[b]ナフト[1,2-d]フラン-10-ボロン酸を1.4g(5.3mmol)用いた以外は同様に反応を行ったところ、1.5gの白色結晶を得た。得られた化合物についてFD-MS分析を行い、下記化合物BH-16と同定した(収率56%)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000269
Synthesis Example 16 [Synthesis of Compound BH-16]
In Synthesis Example 2, benzo [b] naphtho [1,2-d] furan-10-boronic acid was replaced with 1.4 g (5 .3 mmol) was used and the reaction was carried out in the same manner to obtain 1.5 g of white crystals. The obtained compound was subjected to FD-MS analysis and identified as the following compound BH-16 (yield 56%).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000269
実施例1
(有機EL素子の作製)
 25mm×75mm×1.1mm厚のITO透明電極(陽極)付きガラス基板(ジオマティック株式会社製)をイソプロピルアルコール中で超音波洗浄を5分間行なった後、UVオゾン洗浄を30分間行なった。ITOの膜厚は、130nmとした。
 洗浄後の透明電極付きガラス基板を真空蒸着装置の基板ホルダーに装着し、まず透明電極が形成されている側の面上に透明電極を覆うようにして化合物HIを蒸着し、膜厚5nmのHI膜を形成した。このHI膜は、正孔注入層として機能する。
 このHI膜の成膜に続けて化合物HT-1を蒸着し、HI膜上に膜厚80nmのHT-1膜を成膜した。このHT-1膜は正孔輸送層(第1正孔輸送層)として機能する。
 HT-1膜の成膜に続けて化合物HT-2を蒸着し、HT-1膜上に膜厚10nmのHT-2膜を成膜した。このHT-2膜は電子阻止層(第2正孔輸送層)として機能する。
 HT-2膜上に化合物BH-1(ホスト材料)及び化合物BD-1(ドーパント材料)を化合物BD-1の割合が4質量%となるように共蒸着し、膜厚25nmのBH-1:BD-1膜を成膜した。このBH-1:BD-1膜は発光層として機能する。
Example 1
(Production of organic EL element)
A 25 mm × 75 mm × 1.1 mm thick glass substrate with ITO transparent electrode (anode) (manufactured by Geomatic Co., Ltd.) was subjected to ultrasonic cleaning in isopropyl alcohol for 5 minutes, and then UV ozone cleaning for 30 minutes. The film thickness of ITO was 130 nm.
The cleaned glass substrate with a transparent electrode is mounted on a substrate holder of a vacuum vapor deposition apparatus, and a compound HI is vapor-deposited so that the transparent electrode is first covered on the surface on which the transparent electrode is formed to form a HI film having a thickness of 5 nm. A film was formed. This HI film functions as a hole injection layer.
Following the formation of this HI film, the compound HT-1 was vapor-deposited to form an HT-1 film having a film thickness of 80 nm on the HI film. This HT-1 film functions as a hole transport layer (first hole transport layer).
After forming the HT-1 film, a compound HT-2 was deposited, and a 10 nm-thick HT-2 film was formed on the HT-1 film. This HT-2 film functions as an electron blocking layer (second hole transport layer).
Compound BH-1 (host material) and compound BD-1 (dopant material) were co-evaporated on the HT-2 film so that the ratio of compound BD-1 was 4% by mass, and BH-1 having a film thickness of 25 nm: A BD-1 film was formed. This BH-1: BD-1 film functions as a light emitting layer.
 この発光層上に化合物ET-1を蒸着して、膜厚10nmのET-1膜を成膜した。このET-1膜は正孔障壁層として機能する。
 ET-1膜上に化合物ET-2を蒸着して、膜厚15nmのET-2膜を成膜した。このET-2膜は電子輸送層として機能する。このET-2膜上にLiFを蒸着して、膜厚1nmのLiF膜を形成した。このLiF膜上に金属Alを蒸着して、膜厚80nmの金属陰極を形成し、有機EL素子を作製した。
Compound ET-1 was deposited on this light emitting layer to form a 10 nm-thick ET-1 film. This ET-1 film functions as a hole barrier layer.
Compound ET-2 was deposited on the ET-1 film to form a 15 nm-thick ET-2 film. This ET-2 film functions as an electron transport layer. LiF was deposited on the ET-2 film to form a 1 nm-thick LiF film. Metal Al was vapor-deposited on this LiF film to form a metal cathode having a film thickness of 80 nm, and an organic EL device was produced.
 得られた有機EL素子の層構成は下記の通りである。
ITO(130)/HI(5)/HT-1(80)/HT-2(10)/BH-1:BD-1(25:4質量%)/ET-1(10)/ET-2(15)/LiF(1)/Al(80)
 括弧内の数字は膜厚(単位:nm)を表す。
The layer structure of the obtained organic EL device is as follows.
ITO (130) / HI (5) / HT-1 (80) / HT-2 (10) / BH-1: BD-1 (25: 4% by mass) / ET-1 (10) / ET-2 ( 15) / LiF (1) / Al (80)
The numbers in parentheses indicate the film thickness (unit: nm).
 実施例1及び後述する実施例及び比較例で用いた材料を以下に示す。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000270
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000271
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000272
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000273
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000274
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000275
The materials used in Example 1 and Examples and Comparative Examples described later are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000270
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000271
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000272
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000273
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000274
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000275
(有機EL素子の評価)
 得られた有機EL素子に、電流密度が50mA/cmとなるように電圧を印加し、初期輝度に対して輝度が95%となるまでの時間(LT95(単位:時間))を測定した。結果を表1に示す。
 また、電流密度が10mA/cmとなるように、得られた有機EL素子に電圧を印加したときのCIE1931色度座標(CIEx、CIEy)を、分光放射輝度計CS-1000(コニカミノルタ株式会社製)を用いて、分光放射輝度スペクトルを得て計測した。結果を表1に示す。
(Evaluation of organic EL element)
A voltage was applied to the obtained organic EL device so that the current density was 50 mA / cm 2, and the time (LT95 (unit: hour)) until the brightness reached 95% of the initial brightness was measured. The results are shown in Table 1.
Further, the CIE1931 chromaticity coordinates (CIEx, CIEy) when a voltage was applied to the obtained organic EL device so that the current density became 10 mA / cm 2 were measured using a spectral radiance meter CS-1000 (Konica Minolta, Inc.). Was used to obtain and measure the spectral radiance spectrum. The results are shown in Table 1.
比較例1-1、比較例1-2
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表1に示す。
Comparative Examples 1-1 and 1-2
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000276
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000276
実施例2、比較例2
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表2に示す。
Example 2 and Comparative Example 2
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. Table 2 shows the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000277
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000277
実施例3、比較例3-1、3-2
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表3に示す。
Example 3, Comparative Examples 3-1 and 3-2
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000278
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000278
実施例4、比較例4-1、比較例4-2
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表4に示す。
Example 4, Comparative Example 4-1, Comparative Example 4-2
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000279
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000279
実施例5、比較例5
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表5に示す。
Example 5, Comparative Example 5
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. Table 5 shows the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000280
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000280
実施例6、比較例6
 発光層のホスト材料として下記表に記載の化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表6に示す。
Example 6, Comparative Example 6
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated by the same method as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the host material of the light emitting layer. The results are shown in Table 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000281
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000281
実施例11、比較例11
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表7に示す。
Example 11 and Comparative Example 11
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). Table 7 shows the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000282
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000282
実施例12、比較例12
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表8に示す。
Example 12, Comparative Example 12
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). Table 8 shows the results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000283
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000283
実施例13、比較例13
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表9に示す。
Example 13, Comparative Example 13
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 9.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000284
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000284
実施例14、比較例14
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表10に示す。
Example 14, Comparative Example 14
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 10.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000285
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000285
実施例15、比較例15
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表11に示す。
Example 15 and Comparative Example 15
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 11.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000286
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000286
実施例16、比較例16
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表12に示す。
Example 16, Comparative Example 16
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 12.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000287
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000287
実施例17、比較例17
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表13に示す。
Example 17, Comparative Example 17
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 13.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000288
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000288
実施例18、比較例18
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表14に示す。
Example 18, Comparative Example 18
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 14.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000289
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000289
実施例21、比較例21
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表15に示す。
Example 21, Comparative Example 21
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 15.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000290
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000290
実施例22、比較例22
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表16に示す。
Example 22, Comparative Example 22
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 16.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000291
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000291
実施例23、比較例23
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表17に示す。
Example 23, Comparative Example 23
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 17.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000292
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000292
実施例24、比較例24
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表18に示す。
Example 24, Comparative Example 24
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 18.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000293
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000293
実施例25、比較例25
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表19に示す。
Example 25, Comparative Example 25
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 19.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000294
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000294
実施例26、比較例26
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表20に示す。
Example 26, Comparative Example 26
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 20.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000295
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000295
実施例27、比較例27
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表21に示す。
Example 27, Comparative Example 27
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 21.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000296
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000296
実施例28、比較例28
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表22に示す。
Example 28, Comparative Example 28
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 22.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000297
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000297
実施例31、比較例31
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表23に示す。
Example 31, Comparative Example 31
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 23.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000298
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000298
実施例32、比較例32
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表24に示す。
Example 32, Comparative Example 32
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 24.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000299
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000299
実施例33、比較例33
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表25に示す。
Example 33, Comparative Example 33
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 25.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000300
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000300
実施例34、比較例34
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表26に示す。
Example 34, Comparative Example 34
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 26.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000301
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000301
実施例35、比較例35
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表27に示す。
Example 35, Comparative Example 35
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 27.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000302
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000302
実施例36、比較例36
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表28に示す。
Example 36, Comparative Example 36
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 28.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000303
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000303
実施例37、比較例37
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表29に示す。
Example 37, Comparative Example 37
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 29.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000304
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000304
実施例38、比較例38
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表30に示す。
Example 38, Comparative Example 38
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 30.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000305
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000305
実施例41、比較例41
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表31に示す。
Example 41, Comparative Example 41
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 31.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000306
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000306
実施例42、比較例42
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表32に示す。
Example 42, Comparative Example 42
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 32.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000307
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000307
実施例43、比較例43
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表33に示す。
Example 43, Comparative Example 43
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 33.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000308
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000308
実施例44、比較例44
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表34に示す。
Example 44, Comparative Example 44
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 34.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000309
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000309
実施例45、比較例45
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表35に示す。
Example 45, Comparative Example 45
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 35.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000310
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000310
実施例46、比較例46
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表36に示す。
Example 46, Comparative Example 46
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 36.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000311
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000311
実施例47、比較例47
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表37に示す。
Example 47, Comparative Example 47
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 37.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000312
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000312
実施例48、比較例48
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表38に示す。
Example 48, Comparative Example 48
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 38.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000313
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000313
実施例51、比較例51
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表39に示す。
Example 51, Comparative Example 51
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 39.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000314
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000314
実施例52、比較例52
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表40に示す。
Example 52, Comparative Example 52
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 40.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000315
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000315
実施例53、比較例53
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表41に示す。
Example 53, Comparative Example 53
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 41.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000316
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000316
実施例54、比較例54
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表42に示す。
Example 54, Comparative Example 54
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 42.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000317
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000317
実施例55、比較例55
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表43に示す。
Example 55, Comparative Example 55
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 43.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000318
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000318
実施例56、比較例56
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表44に示す。
Example 56, Comparative Example 56
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 44.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000319
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000319
実施例57、比較例57
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表45に示す。
Example 57, Comparative Example 57
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 45.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000320
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000320
実施例58、比較例58
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表46に示す。
Example 58, Comparative Example 58
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 46.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000321
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000321
実施例61、比較例61
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表47に示す。
Example 61, Comparative Example 61
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 47.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000322
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000322
実施例62、比較例62
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表48に示す。
Example 62, Comparative Example 62
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 48.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000323
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000323
実施例63、比較例63
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表49に示す。
Example 63, Comparative Example 63
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 49.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000324
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000324
実施例64、比較例64
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表50に示す。
Example 64, Comparative Example 64
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 50.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000325
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000325
実施例65、比較例65
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表51に示す。
Example 65, Comparative Example 65
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 51.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000326
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000326
実施例66、比較例66
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表52に示す。
Example 66, Comparative Example 66
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 52.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000327
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000327
実施例67、比較例67
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表53に示す。
Example 67, Comparative example 67
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 53.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000328
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000328
実施例68、比較例68
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表54に示す。
Example 68, Comparative Example 68
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 54.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000329
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000329
実施例69、比較例69
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表55に示す。
Example 69, Comparative example 69
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 55.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000330
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000330
実施例70、比較例70
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表56に示す。
Example 70, Comparative Example 70
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 56.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000331
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000331
実施例71、比較例71
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表57に示す。
Example 71, Comparative example 71
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 57.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000332
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000332
実施例72、比較例72
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表58に示す。
Example 72, Comparative Example 72
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 58.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000333
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000333
実施例73、比較例73
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表59に示す。
Example 73, Comparative Example 73
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 59.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000334
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000334
実施例74、比較例74
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表60に示す。
Example 74, Comparative Example 74
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 60.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000335
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000335
実施例75、比較例75
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表61に示す。
Example 75, Comparative Example 75
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 61.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000336
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000336
実施例76、比較例76
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表62に示す。
Example 76, Comparative Example 76
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 62.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000337
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000337
実施例77
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表63に示す。
Example 77
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 63.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000338
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000338
実施例78、比較例78
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表64に示す。
Example 78, Comparative Example 78
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 64.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000339
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000339
比較例79
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表65に示す。
Comparative Example 79
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 65.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000340
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000340
実施例80、比較例80
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表66に示す。
Example 80, Comparative Example 80
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 66.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000341
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000341
実施例81、比較例81
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表67に示す。
Example 81, Comparative Example 81
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 67.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000342
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000342
実施例82、比較例82
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表68に示す。
Example 82, Comparative Example 82
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 68.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000343
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000343
実施例83、比較例83
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表69に示す。
Example 83, Comparative Example 83
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 69.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000344
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000344
実施例84、比較例84
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表70に示す。
Example 84, Comparative Example 84
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 70.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000345
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000345
実施例85、比較例85
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表71に示す。
Example 85, Comparative Example 85
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 71.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000346
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000346
実施例86
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表72に示す。
Example 86
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 72.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000347
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000347
実施例87、比較例87
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表73に示す。
Example 87, Comparative Example 87
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 73.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000348
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000348
比較例88
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表74に示す。
Comparative Example 88
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 74.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000349
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000349
実施例89、比較例89
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表75に示す。
Example 89, Comparative Example 89
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 75.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000350
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000350
実施例90、比較例90
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表76に示す。
Example 90, Comparative Example 90
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 76.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000351
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000351
実施例91、比較例91
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表77に示す。
Example 91, Comparative example 91
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 77.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000352
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000352
実施例92、比較例92
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表78に示す。
Example 92, Comparative Example 92
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 78.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000353
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000353
実施例93、比較例93
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表79に示す。
Example 93, Comparative Example 93
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 79.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000354
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000354
実施例94、比較例94
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表80に示す。
Example 94, Comparative example 94
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 80.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000355
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000355
実施例95
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表81に示す。
Example 95
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 81.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000356
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000356
実施例96、比較例96
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表82に示す。
Example 96, Comparative Example 96
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 82.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000357
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000357
比較例97
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表83に示す。
Comparative Example 97
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 83.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000358
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000358
実施例98、比較例98
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表84に示す。
Example 98, Comparative Example 98
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 84.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000359
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000359
実施例99、比較例99
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表85に示す。
Example 99, Comparative Example 99
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 85.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000360
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000360
実施例100、比較例100
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表86に示す。
Example 100, Comparative example 100
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 86.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000361
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000361
実施例101、比較例101
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表87に示す。
Example 101, Comparative Example 101
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 87.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000362
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000362
実施例102、比較例102
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表88に示す。
Example 102, Comparative Example 102
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 88.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000363
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000363
実施例103、比較例103
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表89に示す。
Example 103, Comparative Example 103
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 89.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000364
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000364
実施例104
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表90に示す。
Example 104
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 90.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000365
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000365
実施例105、比較例105
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表91に示す。
Example 105, Comparative Example 105
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 91.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000366
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000366
比較例106
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表92に示す。
Comparative Example 106
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 92.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000367
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000367
実施例107、比較例107
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表93に示す。
Example 107, Comparative Example 107
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 93.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000368
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000368
実施例108、比較例108
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表94に示す。
Example 108, Comparative Example 108
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 94.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000369
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000369
実施例109、比較例109
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表95に示す。
Example 109, Comparative Example 109
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 95.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000370
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000370
実施例110、比較例110
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表96に示す。
Example 110, Comparative Example 110
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 96.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000371
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000371
実施例111、比較例111
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表97に示す。
Example 111, Comparative Example 111
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 97.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000372
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000372
実施例112、比較例112
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表98に示す。
Example 112, Comparative example 112
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 98.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000373
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000373
実施例113
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表99に示す。
Example 113
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 99.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000374
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000374
実施例114、比較例114
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表100に示す。
Example 114, Comparative example 114
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 100.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000375
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000375
比較例115
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表101に示す。
Comparative Example 115
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 101.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000376
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000376
実施例116、比較例116
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表102に示す。
Example 116, Comparative Example 116
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 102.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000377
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000377
実施例117、比較例117
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表103に示す。
Example 117, Comparative Example 117
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 103.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000378
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000378
実施例118、比較例118
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表104に示す。
Example 118, Comparative example 118
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 104.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000379
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000379
実施例119、比較例119
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表105に示す。
Example 119, Comparative Example 119
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 105.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000380
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000380
実施例120、比較例120
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表106に示す。
Example 120, Comparative Example 120
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 106.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000381
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000381
実施例121、比較例121
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表107に示す。
Example 121, Comparative Example 121
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 107.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000382
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000382
実施例122
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表108に示す。
Example 122
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 108.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000383
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000383
実施例123、比較例123
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表109に示す。
Example 123, Comparative Example 123
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 109.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000384
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000384
比較例124
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表110に示す。
Comparative Example 124
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 110.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000385
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000385
実施例125、比較例125
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表111に示す。
Example 125, Comparative Example 125
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 111.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000386
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000386
実施例126、比較例126
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表112に示す。
Example 126, Comparative example 126
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 112.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000387
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000387
実施例127、比較例127
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表113に示す。
Example 127, Comparative Example 127
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 113.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000388
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000388
実施例128、比較例128
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表114に示す。
Example 128, Comparative Example 128
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 114.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000389
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000389
実施例129、比較例129
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表115に示す。
Example 129, Comparative Example 129
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 115.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000390
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000390
実施例130、比較例130
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表116に示す。
Example 130, Comparative Example 130
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 116.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000391
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000391
実施例131
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表117に示す。
Example 131
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 117.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000392
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000392
実施例132、比較例132
 発光層材料(ホスト材料及びドーパント材料)として下記の表に示す化合物を用いた以外は実施例1と同じ方法で有機EL素子を作製し、評価した。結果を表118に示す。
Example 132, Comparative example 132
An organic EL device was prepared and evaluated in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the compounds shown in the following table were used as the light emitting layer materials (host material and dopant material). The results are shown in Table 118.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000393
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000393
 表1~118の結果から、特定の部位に重水素原子を有する本発明の化合物を有機EL素子の発光層に用いると、当該部位に重水素原子を有さない化合物を用いた場合よりも有機EL素子の寿命が長くなることが分かる。また、実施例3と比較例3-2の比較より、特定の部位に重水素原子を有する化合物であっても、本発明の構造を採用することで有機EL素子の寿命を長くすることができることが分かる。 From the results of Tables 1 to 118, when the compound of the present invention having a deuterium atom at a specific site is used in the light emitting layer of the organic EL device, it is more organic than when a compound having no deuterium atom at the site is used. It can be seen that the life of the EL element is extended. Further, from the comparison between Example 3 and Comparative Example 3-2, even if the compound has a deuterium atom at a specific site, it is possible to extend the life of the organic EL element by adopting the structure of the present invention. I understand.
 上記に本発明の実施形態及び/又は実施例を幾つか詳細に説明したが、当業者は、本発明の新規な教示及び効果から実質的に離れることなく、これら例示である実施形態及び/又は実施例に多くの変更を加えることが容易である。従って、これらの多くの変更は本発明の範囲に含まれる。
 この明細書に記載の文献、及び本願のパリ条約による優先権の基礎となる出願の内容を全て援用する。
 
While certain embodiments and / or examples of the invention have been described in detail above, those skilled in the art will recognize those exemplary embodiments and / or examples without departing substantially from the novel teachings and advantages of the invention. It is easy to make many changes to the embodiments. Accordingly, many of these changes are within the scope of the invention.
The entire contents of the documents and the application based on the Paris Convention priority of the present application are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (27)

  1.  下記式(1)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (式(1)において、
     R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907が2個以上存在する場合、2個以上のR901~R907のそれぞれは同一でもよく、異なっていてもよい。
     R~Rのうち、少なくとも1つは重水素原子である。
     R~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上、及びR~Rのうちの隣接する2つ以上は、互いに結合して環を形成しない。
     L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、
    単結合、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。
     Arは、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     Arは、下記式(2)、(3)又は(4)で表される1価の基である。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     式(2)~(4)において、
     R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない場合、R13~R20のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
     R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成する場合、前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR15~R20、並びにR13及びR14のうちの1つはLと結合する単結合である。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつLと結合する単結合ではないR13~R20、並びにR11及びR12は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    A compound represented by the following formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    (In equation (1),
    R 1 to R 8 are each independently:
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    When two or more R 901 to R 907 exist, each of the two or more R 901 to R 907 may be the same or different.
    At least one of R 1 to R 8 is a deuterium atom.
    Two or more of R 1 to R 4 and two or more of R 5 to R 8 are not bonded to each other to form a ring.
    L 1 and L 2 are each independently:
    Single bond,
    It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s).
    Ar 1 is
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    Ar 2 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (2), (3) or (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In formulas (2) to (4),
    Two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is formed. Do not form.
    When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are not bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, one of R 13 to R 20 is L 2 Is a single bond that binds to.
    When two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, the substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring is R 15 to R 20 that are not formed, and one of R 13 and R 14 is a single bond that is bonded to L 2 .
    R 13 to R 20 , which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a single bond bonded to L 2 , and R 11 and R 12 are each independently,
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
  2.  R~Rのうち少なくとも2つが重水素原子である請求項1に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 1, wherein at least two of R 1 to R 8 are deuterium atoms.
  3.  R~Rが全て重水素原子である請求項1又は2に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 1 or 2, wherein R 1 to R 8 are all deuterium atoms.
  4.  L及びLからなる群から選択される一以上が、水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の化合物。 One or more selected from the group consisting of L 1 and L 2 is an unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms in which at least one hydrogen atom is a deuterium atom, or at least one hydrogen atom is deuterium. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, which is an unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms.
  5.  L及びLが、それぞれ独立に、単結合、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~14のアリーレン基である請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein L 1 and L 2 are each independently a single bond or a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 14 ring-forming carbon atoms.
  6.  R13又はR14がLと結合する単結合である請求項1~5のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R 13 or R 14 is a single bond that bonds to L 2 .
  7.  R15~R20のうちの隣接する2つの1組以上が、互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない請求項1~6のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein two or more adjacent pairs of R 15 to R 20 do not bond with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
  8.  Arが、水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は水素原子の少なくとも1つが重水素原子である無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である請求項1~7のいずれかに記載の化合物。 Ar 1 is an unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom, or an unsubstituted aryl group having 5 to 5 ring atoms in which at least one of hydrogen atoms is a deuterium atom. The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, which is 50 monovalent heterocyclic groups.
  9.  Arが、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基である請求項1~8のいずれかに記載の化合物。 9. The compound according to claim 1, wherein Ar 1 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms.
  10.  Arが、下記式(a1)~(a4)で表される基から選択される請求項9に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (式(a1)~(a4)中、*は、Lと結合する単結合である。
     R21は、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
     m1は、0~4の整数である。
     m2は、0~5の整数である。
     m3は、0~7の整数である。
     m1~m3が、それぞれ2以上のとき、複数のR21は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
     m1~m3が、それぞれ2以上のとき、隣接する複数のR21は互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。)
    The compound according to claim 9, wherein Ar 1 is selected from groups represented by the following formulas (a1) to (a4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the formulas (a1) to (a4), * represents a single bond bonded to L 1 .
    R 21 is
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    m1 is an integer of 0 to 4.
    m2 is an integer of 0 to 5.
    m3 is an integer of 0 to 7.
    When each of m1 to m3 is 2 or more, a plurality of R 21's may be the same as or different from each other.
    When m1 to m3 are each 2 or more, a plurality of adjacent R 21 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form. )
  11.  前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつLと結合する単結合ではないR13~R20、並びにR11及びR12のうち少なくとも1つが重水素原子である請求項1~10のいずれかに記載の化合物。 At least one of R 13 to R 20 , which does not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and which is not a single bond bonding to L 2 , and R 11 and R 12 , is a deuterium atom. Item 11. A compound according to any one of items 1 to 10.
  12.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が下記式(1-1)、(1-2)、(1-3)、(1-4)、(1-5)又は(1-6)で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (式(1-1)、(1-2)、(1-3)、(1-4)、(1-5)及び(1-6)中、R~R、R11~R20、Ar、L及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    The compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1-5) or (1-6). The compound according to claim 1, which is a compound to be treated.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    (In the formulas (1-1), (1-2), (1-3), (1-4), (1-5) and (1-6), R 1 to R 8 and R 11 to R 20 , Ar 1 , L 1 and L 2 are as defined in the above formula (1).)
  13.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が下記式(1-11)、(1-12)、(1-13)、(1-14)、(1-15)又は(1-16)で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式(1-11)、(1-12)、(1-13)、(1-14)、(1-15)及び(1-16)中、R~R、Ar及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    The compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) or (1-16). The compound according to claim 1, which is a compound to be treated.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the formulas (1-11), (1-12), (1-13), (1-14), (1-15) and (1-16), R 1 to R 8 , Ar 1 and L 1 Is as defined in the above formula (1).)
  14.  前記式(1)で表される化合物が下記式(1-21)、(1-22)、(1-23)、(1-24)、(1-25)又は(1-26)で表される化合物である請求項1に記載の化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式(1-21)、(1-22)、(1-23)、(1-24)、(1-25)及び(1-26)中、Ar及びLは、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    The compound represented by the formula (1) is represented by the following formula (1-21), (1-22), (1-23), (1-24), (1-25) or (1-26). The compound according to claim 1, which is a compound to be treated.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formulas (1-21), (1-22), (1-23), (1-24), (1-25) and (1-26), Ar 1 and L 1 are the same as those in the formula (1). ) Is as defined in.)
  15.  有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子用材料である請求項1~14のいずれかに記載の化合物。 The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, which is a material for an organic electroluminescence device.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む組成物であって、前記式(1)で表される化合物と、水素原子として軽水素原子のみを含む以外は前記式(1)で表される化合物と同じ構造を有する化合物との合計に対する、後者の含有割合が99モル%以下である組成物。 A composition comprising the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15, which is represented by the formula (1) except that the compound represented by the formula (1) and only a light hydrogen atom as a hydrogen atom are contained. The composition containing 99 mol% or less of the latter relative to the total of the compound described above and a compound having the same structure.
  17.  陰極と、
     陽極と、
     前記陰極と前記陽極との間に配置された1又は2以上の有機層と、
    を有し、
     前記有機層のうち少なくとも1層が、請求項1~15のいずれかに記載の化合物又は請求項16に記載の組成物を含有する
     有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    A cathode,
    An anode,
    One or more organic layers disposed between the cathode and the anode,
    Have
    An organic electroluminescence device, wherein at least one layer of the organic layers contains the compound according to any one of claims 1 to 15 or the composition according to claim 16.
  18.  前記有機層が発光層を含み、前記発光層が前記化合物を含む請求項17に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 17, wherein the organic layer includes a light emitting layer, and the light emitting layer includes the compound.
  19.  前記発光層が、さらに下記式(11)、(21)、(31)、(41)、(51)、(61)、(71)及び(81)からなる群から選択される1以上の化合物を含有する請求項17又は18に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (式(11)において、
     R101~R110のうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     R101~R110の少なくとも1つは下記式(12)で表される1価の基である。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成せず、かつ下記式(12)で表される1価の基ではないR101~R110は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
     式(12)において、Ar101及びAr102は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     L101~L103は、それぞれ独立に、
    単結合、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (式(21)において、
     Zは、それぞれ独立にCR又はNである。
     A1環及びA2環は、それぞれ独立に、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
     Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     Rが複数存在する場合、複数のRのうちの隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     n21及びn22は、それぞれ独立に、0~4の整数である。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR~Rは、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (式(31)において、
     R301~R307及びR311~R317のうち隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR301~R307及びR311~R317は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R321及びR322は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (式(41)において、
     a環、b環及びc環は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
     R401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、前記a環、b環又はc環と結合して、置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しない。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の複素環を形成しないR401及びR402は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (式(51)において、
     r環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(52)又は式(53)で表される環である。
     q環及びs環は、それぞれ独立に、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(54)で表される環である。
     p環及びt環は、それぞれ独立に、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(55)又は式(56)で表される構造である。
     R501が複数存在する場合、隣接する複数のR501は互いに結合して置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     X501は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はNR502である。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR501及びR502は、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
     Ar501及びAr502は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     L501は、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキレン基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニレン基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニレン基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキレン基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリーレン基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の2価の複素環基である。
     m1は0~2の整数であり、m2は0~4の整数であり、m3は、それぞれ独立に0~3の整数であり、m4は、それぞれ独立に0~5の整数である。R501が複数存在する場合、複数のR501は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (式(61)において、
     R601とR602、R602とR603、及びR603とR604の少なくとも一組は互いに結合して下記式(62)で示される2価の基を形成する。
     R605とR606、R606とR607、及びR607とR608の少なくとも一組は互いに結合して下記式(63)で示される2価の基を形成する。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
     R601~R604のうち前記式(62)で示される2価の基を形成しないもの、及びR611~R614の少なくとも1つは下記式(64)で表される1価の基である。
     R605~R608のうち前記式(63)で示される2価の基を形成しないもの、及びR621~R624の少なくとも1つは下記式(64)で表される1価の基である。
     X601は酸素原子、硫黄原子、又はNR609である。
     前記式(62)及び(63)で表される2価の基を形成せず、かつ、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR601~R608、前記式(64)で表される1価の基ではないR611~R614及びR621~R624、並びにR609は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
     式(64)において、Ar601及びAr602は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     L601~L603は、それぞれ独立に、
    単結合、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~30のアリーレン基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~30の2価の複素環基、又は
    これらが2~4個結合して形成される2価の連結基である。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
    (式(71)において、
     A701環及びA702環は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
     A701環及びA702環からなる群から選択される一以上は、下記式(72)で表される構造の結合手*と結合する。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
     式(72)において、
     A703環は、それぞれ独立に、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
     X701は、NR703、C(R704)(R705)、Si(R706)(R707)、Ge(R708)(R709)、O、S又はSeである。
     R701及びR702は、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR701及びR702、並びにR703~R709は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
    (式(81)において、
     A801環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(82)で表される環である。
     A802環は、隣接環の任意の位置で縮合する式(83)で表される環である。2つの結合手*はA803環の任意の位置と結合する。
     X801及びX802は、それぞれ独立に、C(R803)(R804)、Si(R805)(R806)、酸素原子、又は硫黄原子である。
     A803環は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50の芳香族炭化水素環、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の複素環である。
     Ar801は、置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R801~R806は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
     m801及びm802は、それぞれ独立に、0~2の整数である。これらが2の場合、複数のR801又はR802は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
     a801は0~2の整数である。a801が0又は1の場合、「3-a801」で示されるカッコ内の構造は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。a801が2の場合、Ar801は互いに同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。)
    The light emitting layer further comprises one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the following formulas (11), (21), (31), (41), (51), (61), (71) and (81). The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 17, which comprises:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    (In equation (11),
    One or more adjacent two or more of R 101 to R 110 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring; Does not form a ring.
    At least one of R 101 to R 110 is a monovalent group represented by the following formula (12).
    R 101 to R 110 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring and which are not a monovalent group represented by the following formula (12) are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    In the formula (12), Ar 101 and Ar 102 are each independently:
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    L 101 to L 103 are independently
    Single bond,
    It is a substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring atom (s). )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
    (In formula (21),
    Z is each independently CR a or N.
    The A1 ring and the A2 ring are each independently a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
    When plural R a are present, one or more adjacent two or more sets of plural R a are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
    When a plurality of R b are present, one or more pairs of adjacent two or more of the plurality of R b are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
    When a plurality of R c is present, one or more adjacent two or more sets of the plurality of R c are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or substituted or Does not form an unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
    n21 and n22 are each independently an integer of 0 to 4.
    R a to R c which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
    (In equation (31),
    At least one pair of adjacent two or more of R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 forms a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring Does not form a ring.
    R 301 to R 307 and R 311 to R 317 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 321 and R 322 are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
    (In formula (41),
    ring a, ring b and ring c are each independently
    A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
    It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 401 and R 402 each independently form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring by combining with the a ring, the b ring or the c ring.
    R 401 and R 402 which do not form the substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring are each independently
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
    (In equation (51),
    The r ring is a ring represented by the formula (52) or the formula (53) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
    The q ring and the s ring are each independently a ring represented by the formula (54) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
    The p-ring and the t-ring each have a structure represented by the formula (55) or (56), which is independently condensed at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
    If R 501 there are a plurality and do not form a plurality of adjacent R 501 is bonded to either form a ring substituted or unsubstituted, saturated or unsaturated with one another, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring .
    X 501 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 502 .
    R 501 and R 502 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    Ar 501 and Ar 502 are each independently
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    L 501 is
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkylene group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynylene group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkylene group having 3 to 50 ring carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
    m1 is an integer of 0 to 2, m2 is an integer of 0 to 4, m3 is each independently an integer of 0 to 3, and m4 is each independently an integer of 0 to 5. If R 501 there are a plurality to plurality of R 501 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
    (In equation (61),
    At least one pair of R 601 and R 602 , R 602 and R 603 , and R 603 and R 604 combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following formula (62).
    At least one pair of R 605 and R 606 , R 606 and R 607 , and R 607 and R 608 combine with each other to form a divalent group represented by the following formula (63).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
    Of R 601 to R 604 , those which do not form a divalent group represented by the above formula (62), and at least one of R 611 to R 614 are monovalent groups represented by the following formula (64) .
    Among R 605 to R 608 , those which do not form the divalent group represented by the above formula (63), and at least one of R 621 to R 624 are monovalent groups represented by the following formula (64). .
    X 601 is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or NR 609 .
    R 601 to R 608 , which do not form the divalent group represented by the formulas (62) and (63) and are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (64), the formula (64) R 611 to R 614 and R 621 to R 624 , and R 609 which are not a monovalent group represented by
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
    In the formula (64), Ar 601 and Ar 602 are each independently:
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    L 601 to L 603 are independently
    Single bond,
    A substituted or unsubstituted arylene group having 6 to 30 ring carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted divalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 30 ring-forming atoms, or a divalent linking group formed by combining 2 to 4 of these. )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
    (In equation (71),
    A 701 ring and A 702 ring are each independently
    A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
    It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    At least one selected from the group consisting of the ring A 701 and the ring A 702 bonds to a bond * of a structure represented by the following formula (72).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
    In equation (72),
    A 703 rings are each independently:
    A substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or
    It is a substituted or unsubstituted heterocycle having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    X 701 is NR 703 , C (R 704 ) (R 705 ), Si (R 706 ) (R 707 ), Ge (R 708 ) (R 709 ), O, S or Se.
    R 701 and R 702 combine with each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring.
    R 701 and R 702 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, and R 703 to R 709 are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
    (In equation (81),
    The ring A 801 is a ring represented by the formula (82) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring.
    The ring A 802 is a ring represented by the formula (83) fused at an arbitrary position of an adjacent ring. The two bonding hands * bond to an arbitrary position on the A803 ring.
    X 801 and X 802 are each independently C (R 803 ) (R 804 ), Si (R 805 ) (R 806 ), an oxygen atom, or a sulfur atom.
    Ring A 803 is a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
    Ar 801 is a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring-forming atoms.
    R 801 to R 806 are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    m801 and m802 are each independently an integer of 0 to 2. When these are 2, a plurality of R 801 or R 802 may be the same as or different from each other.
    a801 is an integer of 0 to 2. When a801 is 0 or 1, the structures in parentheses represented by “3-a801” may be the same or different. If a801 is 2, to Ar 801 may be the same as each other or may be different. )
  20.  前記式(11)において、R101~R110のうち2つが前記式(12)で表される基である請求項19に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 19, wherein in the formula (11), two of R 101 to R 110 are groups represented by the formula (12).
  21.  前記式(11)で表される化合物が、下記式(13)で表される化合物である請求項19又は20に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
    (式(13)において、R111~R118は、前記式(11)における、式(12)で表される1価の基ではないR101~R110と同じである。Ar101、Ar102、L101、L102及びL103は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
    The organic electroluminescent device according to claim 19 or 20, wherein the compound represented by the formula (11) is a compound represented by the following formula (13).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
    (In the formula (13), R 111 to R 118 are the same as R 101 to R 110 in the formula (11), which are not the monovalent group represented by the formula (12). Ar 101 and Ar 102 , L 101 , L 102, and L 103 are as defined in the above formula (12).)
  22.  前記式(13)で表される化合物が、下記式(14)で表される化合物である請求項21に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
    (式(14)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。Ar101、Ar102、L102及びL103は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
    The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 21, wherein the compound represented by the formula (13) is a compound represented by the following formula (14).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
    (In the formula (14), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13). Ar 101 , Ar 102 , L 102 and L 103 are as defined in the formula (12). .)
  23.  前記式(13)で表される化合物が、下記式(15)で表される化合物である請求項21に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
    (式(15)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。Ar101及びAr102は、前記式(12)で定義した通りである。)
    The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 21, wherein the compound represented by the formula (13) is a compound represented by the following formula (15).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
    (In the formula (15), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13). Ar 101 and Ar 102 are as defined in the formula (12).)
  24.  前記式(13)で表される化合物が、下記式(17)で表される化合物である請求項21に記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
    (式(17)において、R111~R118は、前記式(13)で定義した通りである。
     R121~R127のうち、隣接する2つ以上の1組以上が、互いに結合して、置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成するか、あるいは置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しない。
     前記置換もしくは無置換の飽和又は不飽和の環を形成しないR121~R127は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。
     R131~R135は、それぞれ独立に、
    水素原子、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数1~50のアルキル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルケニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の炭素数2~50のアルキニル基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数3~50のシクロアルキル基、
    -Si(R901)(R902)(R903)、
    -O-(R904)、
    -S-(R905)、
    -N(R906)(R907)、
    ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成炭素数6~50のアリール基、又は
    置換もしくは無置換の環形成原子数5~50の1価の複素環基である。
     R901~R907は、前記式(1)で定義した通りである。)
    The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 21, wherein the compound represented by the formula (13) is a compound represented by the following formula (17).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
    (In the formula (17), R 111 to R 118 are as defined in the formula (13).
    One or more of two or more of R 121 to R 127 are bonded to each other to form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring, or a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring. Does not form a ring.
    R 121 to R 127 which do not form a substituted or unsubstituted saturated or unsaturated ring are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1).
    R 131 to R 135 are each independently
    Hydrogen atom,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl group having 2 to 50 carbon atoms,
    A substituted or unsubstituted cycloalkyl group having 3 to 50 ring-forming carbon atoms,
    —Si (R 901 ) (R 902 ) (R 903 ),
    —O— (R 904 ),
    -S- (R 905 ),
    -N (R 906 ) (R 907 ),
    Halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group,
    A substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 50 ring carbon atoms, or a substituted or unsubstituted monovalent heterocyclic group having 5 to 50 ring atoms.
    R 901 to R 907 are as defined in the above formula (1). )
  25.  前記陽極と前記発光層との間に正孔輸送層を有する請求項17~24のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 25. The organic electroluminescence device according to claim 17, further comprising a hole transport layer between the anode and the light emitting layer.
  26.  前記陰極と前記発光層との間に電子輸送層を有する請求項17~25のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子。 The organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 17 to 25, which has an electron transport layer between the cathode and the light emitting layer.
  27.  請求項17~26のいずれかに記載の有機エレクトロルミネッセンス素子を備える電子機器。 An electronic device comprising the organic electroluminescent element according to any one of claims 17 to 26.
PCT/JP2019/039915 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Novel compound, organic electroluminescence element, and electronic device WO2020075783A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201980066845.1A CN112789269A (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Novel compound, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
KR1020217010389A KR20210075089A (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Novel compounds, organic electroluminescent devices, electronic devices
US17/283,382 US20230020436A1 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Novel compound, organic electroluminescence device, and electronic apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-191052 2018-10-09
JP2018191052 2018-10-09
JP2018-191297 2018-10-09
JP2018191297 2018-10-09
JP2019-101674 2019-05-30
JP2019101674 2019-05-30
JP2019-101579 2019-05-30
JP2019101579 2019-05-30
US16/557,725 US10777752B2 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-08-30 Organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus provided with the same
US16/557,725 2019-08-30
US16/593,775 2019-10-04
US16/593,775 US10763441B2 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-04 Organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus provided with the same

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020075783A1 true WO2020075783A1 (en) 2020-04-16

Family

ID=70164562

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/039915 WO2020075783A1 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Novel compound, organic electroluminescence element, and electronic device
PCT/JP2019/039918 WO2020075784A1 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/039918 WO2020075784A1 (en) 2018-10-09 2019-10-09 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same

Country Status (3)

Country Link
KR (1) KR20210075089A (en)
CN (1) CN112789269A (en)
WO (2) WO2020075783A1 (en)

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022118653A1 (en) * 2020-12-04 2022-06-09 出光興産株式会社 Compound, organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022124320A1 (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-16 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022181072A1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2022-09-01 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022270428A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 出光興産株式会社 Mixed powder for organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing mixed powder, method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element using mixed powder, method for selecting compound in mixed powder, and composition for vacuum deposition

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR102564940B1 (en) * 2019-11-21 2023-08-08 주식회사 엘지화학 Heterocyclic compound and organic light emitting device comprising same
CN113966327A (en) * 2020-01-21 2022-01-21 株式会社Lg化学 Compound and organic light-emitting element comprising same
WO2023096387A1 (en) * 2021-11-26 2023-06-01 에스에프씨 주식회사 Novel organic anthracene compound and organic light-emitting device comprising same
KR20240020458A (en) * 2022-08-08 2024-02-15 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light emitting device

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010137285A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 出光興産株式会社 Anthracene derivative and organic electroluminescent element using the same
JP2012149045A (en) * 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd BENZO[b]NAPHTHO[1,2-d]FURAN COMPOUND, MATERIAL FOR LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT, LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND ILLUMINATING DEVICE
JP2012519186A (en) * 2009-02-27 2012-08-23 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Deuterium compounds for electronic applications
WO2014141725A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 出光興産株式会社 Anthracene derivative and organic electroluminescence element using same
WO2015102118A1 (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-07-09 学校法人関西学院 Polycyclic aromatic compound
WO2015181667A1 (en) * 2014-05-30 2015-12-03 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
US20160351817A1 (en) * 2015-05-27 2016-12-01 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US20170018723A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Sfc Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode for high efficiency
KR20190056338A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 주식회사 엘지화학 Compound and organic light emitting device comprising the same
US20190305227A1 (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-03 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Novel organic compounds and organic electroluminescent device including the same

Family Cites Families (15)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2196444A1 (en) 2008-12-11 2010-06-16 Total Petrochemicals Research Feluy Process to make alpha olefins from ethanol
KR20100069216A (en) 2008-12-16 2010-06-24 주식회사 두산 Deuterated anthracene derivative and organic light emitting device comprising the same
WO2010135395A2 (en) 2009-05-19 2010-11-25 E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company Deuterated compounds for electronic applications
JP2015153911A (en) * 2014-02-14 2015-08-24 富士フイルム株式会社 Photoelectric conversion element, photosensor and imaging element
CN106170476A (en) * 2014-04-16 2016-11-30 默克专利有限公司 Material for electronic device
KR101974860B1 (en) * 2015-02-04 2019-09-05 에스에프씨주식회사 organic light-emitting diode with low operating voltage and long lifetime
KR101969415B1 (en) * 2015-02-23 2019-08-13 에스에프씨주식회사 organic light-emitting diode with low operating voltage and High efficiency
TWI688137B (en) * 2015-03-24 2020-03-11 學校法人關西學院 Organic electric field light-emitting element, display device and lighting device
KR20160141361A (en) 2015-05-27 2016-12-08 삼성디스플레이 주식회사 Organic light-emitting device
KR101976408B1 (en) 2015-11-10 2019-05-16 에스에프씨주식회사 organic light-emitting diode with High efficiency and low voltage
JP6853994B2 (en) 2016-04-28 2021-04-07 コスメディ製薬株式会社 Cosmetic alcogel sheet and its manufacturing method
KR102547448B1 (en) * 2017-02-14 2023-06-23 이데미쓰 고산 가부시키가이샤 Organic electroluminescent devices and electronic devices
DE112018001414T5 (en) * 2017-03-17 2019-11-28 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Organic compound, light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, display device and lighting device
WO2019235873A1 (en) * 2018-06-08 2019-12-12 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light-emitting device
KR102261230B1 (en) * 2018-09-21 2021-06-07 주식회사 엘지화학 Organic light emitting device

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012519186A (en) * 2009-02-27 2012-08-23 イー・アイ・デュポン・ドウ・ヌムール・アンド・カンパニー Deuterium compounds for electronic applications
WO2010137285A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 出光興産株式会社 Anthracene derivative and organic electroluminescent element using the same
JP2012149045A (en) * 2010-12-28 2012-08-09 Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd BENZO[b]NAPHTHO[1,2-d]FURAN COMPOUND, MATERIAL FOR LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT, LIGHT-EMITTING ELEMENT, LIGHT-EMITTING DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE AND ILLUMINATING DEVICE
WO2014141725A1 (en) * 2013-03-15 2014-09-18 出光興産株式会社 Anthracene derivative and organic electroluminescence element using same
WO2015102118A1 (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-07-09 学校法人関西学院 Polycyclic aromatic compound
WO2015181667A1 (en) * 2014-05-30 2015-12-03 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
US20160351817A1 (en) * 2015-05-27 2016-12-01 Samsung Display Co., Ltd. Organic light-emitting device
US20170018723A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Sfc Co., Ltd. Organic light emitting diode for high efficiency
KR20190056338A (en) * 2017-11-16 2019-05-24 주식회사 엘지화학 Compound and organic light emitting device comprising the same
US20190305227A1 (en) * 2018-03-28 2019-10-03 Lg Display Co., Ltd. Novel organic compounds and organic electroluminescent device including the same

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022118653A1 (en) * 2020-12-04 2022-06-09 出光興産株式会社 Compound, organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022124320A1 (en) * 2020-12-09 2022-06-16 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022181072A1 (en) * 2021-02-26 2022-09-01 出光興産株式会社 Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2022270428A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 出光興産株式会社 Mixed powder for organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing mixed powder, method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element using mixed powder, method for selecting compound in mixed powder, and composition for vacuum deposition
WO2022270423A1 (en) * 2021-06-25 2022-12-29 出光興産株式会社 Mixed powder for organic electroluminescent element and method for manufacturing mixed powder, method for manufacturing organic electroluminescent element using mixed powder, method for selecting compound in mixed powder, and composition for vacuum deposition

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20210075089A (en) 2021-06-22
CN112789269A (en) 2021-05-11
WO2020075784A1 (en) 2020-04-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020071479A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same
WO2020075784A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same
WO2019240251A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic equipment using same
WO2020116562A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence element and electronic device
WO2020075769A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same
US10777752B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus provided with the same
WO2020036197A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same
US10763444B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus provided with the same
WO2020096012A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic appliance including same
JP2020188121A (en) Organic electroluminescense device and electronic apparatus
WO2021025162A1 (en) Novel compound, organic electroluminescent element including same, and electronic appliance
WO2020116561A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence element and electronic apparatus
WO2022118653A1 (en) Compound, organic electroluminescent element and electronic device
WO2020115933A1 (en) Organic electroluminescent element and electronic device using same
JP2023162192A (en) Organic electroluminescent element, composition, powder, electronic apparatus, and novel compound
US20230019712A1 (en) Organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus provided with the same
US20230020436A1 (en) Novel compound, organic electroluminescence device, and electronic apparatus
WO2022264826A1 (en) Compound, organic electroluminescent element material, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
JP7492975B2 (en) Organic electroluminescence element and electronic device
US20220169656A1 (en) Novel compound, organic electroluminescence device and electronic apparatus
KR20230006842A (en) Compounds, organic electroluminescent devices and electronic devices
WO2022215527A1 (en) Compound and organic electroluminescent element
WO2023017861A1 (en) Composition, material for organic electroluminescent elements, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
WO2023219071A1 (en) Compound, organic electroluminescent element material, organic electroluminescent element, and electronic device
JP2022160225A (en) Compound and organic electroluminescent element

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19870383

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19870383

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP